WO2021197241A1 - Measurement relax method, and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Measurement relax method, and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021197241A1
WO2021197241A1 PCT/CN2021/083436 CN2021083436W WO2021197241A1 WO 2021197241 A1 WO2021197241 A1 WO 2021197241A1 CN 2021083436 W CN2021083436 W CN 2021083436W WO 2021197241 A1 WO2021197241 A1 WO 2021197241A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
measurement
terminal
relaxation
strategy
relaxation measurement
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/083436
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王洲
徐海博
周永行
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021197241A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021197241A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/0085Hand-off measurements
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a relaxation measurement method and communication device.
  • the terminal may move from the coverage of one cell to the coverage of another cell.
  • the terminal will perform cell reselection or cell handover. Both cell reselection and cell handover require the terminal to perform cell measurement, that is, the terminal performs radio resource management (RRM) measurement.
  • RRM radio resource management
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the terminal in the RRC_idle state and the RRC_inactive state periodically performs RRM measurement.
  • the concept of RRM measurement relaxation is currently proposed, that is, the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement when certain measurement scenarios are met.
  • the terminal can reduce the number of RRM measurements (for example, Increase the measurement interval of RRM measurement).
  • the implementation of RRM relaxation measurement strategies are also different. For example, if the terminal is not on the edge of a cell, the terminal may not perform RRM measurement on the neighboring cell; for another example, if the terminal moves at a low speed, the terminal may perform RRM measurement at a longer measurement interval.
  • This application provides a relaxation measurement method and communication device, which clarifies the relaxation measurement strategy that the terminal should adopt after switching between different measurement scenarios, so as to take into account the terminal's energy consumption requirements and communication performance requirements.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a relaxation measurement method, which can be executed by a first communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip. system.
  • the following description will be made by taking an example in which the first communication device is a terminal.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, and then the terminal adopts the target relaxation measurement strategy to perform relaxation measurement, where one relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to a relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy includes the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy
  • the target relaxation measurement strategy includes switching from the first relaxation measurement strategy to the second relaxation measurement strategy. Measurement strategy.
  • the terminal directly switches from the first relaxation measurement strategy to the second relaxation measurement strategy, that is, directly switches to the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second relaxation measurement scenario, which is relatively simple.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy, the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, and the terminal directly switches from the first relaxation measurement strategy To the second relaxation measurement strategy. That is, after the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scenario to a low energy consumption measurement scenario, the terminal directly switches from a high energy consumption measurement strategy to a low energy consumption measurement strategy, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy, the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, and the terminal directly switches from the first relaxation measurement strategy To the second relaxation measurement strategy. That is, after the terminal switches from a low energy consumption measurement scenario to a high energy consumption measurement scenario, the terminal directly switches from a low energy consumption measurement strategy to a high energy consumption measurement strategy, so as to maximize the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy
  • the target relaxation measurement strategy includes performing the third relaxation within the first preset time period.
  • the measurement strategy after the first preset period of time, executes the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the terminal switches the measurement scene, it executes a relaxation measurement scenario first, and then executes the second relaxation measurement strategy, that is, the terminal transitions to the second relaxation measurement strategy, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible while ensuring the terminal’s power consumption. Communication performance.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy
  • the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, first executes a relaxation measurement scenario, and then Perform the second relaxation measurement strategy. That is, after the terminal switches from a low-power measurement scenario to a high-power measurement scenario, the terminal transitions from a low-power measurement strategy to a high-power measurement strategy, so as to ensure the communication performance of the terminal while saving the power consumption of the terminal as much as possible.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy
  • the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, first executes a relaxation measurement scenario, and then Perform the second relaxation measurement strategy. That is, after the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scene to a low energy consumption measurement scene, the terminal transitions from a high energy consumption measurement strategy to a low energy consumption measurement strategy, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal while ensuring the communication performance of the terminal as much as possible.
  • the third relaxation measurement strategy may include any one of the following strategies:
  • the third relaxation measurement strategy may include the first relaxation measurement strategy. That is, the terminal first executes the first relaxation measurement strategy adopted before, so as to avoid frequent switching between different measurement strategies.
  • the third relaxation measurement strategy may include performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter, where the at least one measurement parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, neighboring area to be measured The number of frequency points to be tested in the neighboring area to be tested.
  • the third relaxation measurement strategy can perform relaxation measurement according to preset measurement parameters.
  • the value of the measurement parameter can be preset, which is different from the first relaxation measurement strategy or the second relaxation measurement strategy. Energy-saving requirements and terminal communication performance requirements.
  • performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter may include:
  • Solution 1 Perform relaxation measurement according to the first value of the first measurement parameter, where the first measurement parameter is any one of the at least one measurement parameter. That is, the relaxed measurement is performed according to the fixed value of the measurement parameter, which reduces the complexity.
  • Solution 2 Perform relaxation measurement according to the second value of the first measurement parameter, wherein the second value is obtained by adjusting the first value according to a preset rule, and the first value is the preset The initial value of the first measurement parameter.
  • the preset rule includes sequentially decreasing the first value according to the adjustment factor; or, the preset rule includes sequentially increasing the first value according to the adjustment factor. That is, within the preset time period, the value of the measurement parameter is variable, and the measurement method is performed according to the variable value, which is more helpful to balance the energy-saving requirements of the terminal and the communication performance requirements of the terminal.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold.
  • the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter
  • the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter.
  • the value is greater than the second value
  • the first value is greater than the fourth value
  • the second value is greater than or equal to the fourth value.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold.
  • the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter
  • the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter.
  • the value is greater than the second value, and the first value is greater than the third value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the third value; or, the first value is less than the second value, and the first value Is less than the third value, and the second value is less than or equal to the third value.
  • the terminal can sequentially increase the value of the measurement parameter within a period of time, obtain the second value, and perform the relaxation measurement according to the second value, and because The second value is greater than or equal to the third value, and the communication performance of the terminal can be gradually reduced first, and then the energy-saving effect of the terminal can be improved.
  • the terminal can sequentially reduce the value of the measurement parameter within a period of time, obtain the second value, and perform the relaxation measurement according to the second value. If the second value is less than or equal to the third value, the energy saving effect of the terminal can be gradually improved, and then the communication performance of the terminal can be reduced.
  • the relaxation measurement includes RRM relaxation measurement or radio link monitoring (RLM) relaxation measurement.
  • RRM radio link monitoring
  • the method further includes: the terminal receives instruction information from the network device, and the instruction information is used to instruct the target to relax the measurement strategy.
  • the terminal determines the target relaxation measurement strategy based on the instructions of the network device.
  • the network device can directly indicate the target relaxation measurement strategy through the instruction information, or indirectly indicate the target relaxation measurement strategy, for example:
  • the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested of the cells to be tested.
  • the network device directly instructs the terminal to perform the relaxation measurement according to the measurement parameters, which is simple and direct.
  • Direct indication mode 2 The indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of these multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
  • the network device can directly instruct multiple predefined relaxation measurement strategies, which can reduce signaling overhead.
  • the instruction information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene.
  • the network device may send the instruction information before the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario.
  • the indication information includes a switching criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, the switching criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the switching criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion, and the first criterion is the first criterion or the second criterion.
  • the criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
  • This scheme indirectly instructs the target to relax the measurement strategy through the switching criterion.
  • the indication information includes m-bit information, and m is greater than or equal to 1; or, the indication information includes the priority of the terminal service. That is, the switching criterion is indicated by m-bit information or the switching criterion is indicated by the priority of the terminal service, which is more flexible.
  • the terminal can determine the target relaxation measurement strategy according to the handover criterion, so as to better meet its own actual needs. For example, if the energy saving requirement is given priority, then the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the first criterion can be selected, or the communication quality is guaranteed first, then the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second criterion can be selected.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a relaxation measurement method, which can be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, For example, chip system.
  • the second communication device is a network device as an example for description. The method includes:
  • the network device determines the instruction information and sends the instruction information to the terminal.
  • the instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy to be used for the relaxation measurement after switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene.
  • the target relaxation measurement strategy is instructed for the terminal, so that the terminal clarifies which relaxation measurement strategy is used to perform the relaxation measurement.
  • the network device can directly indicate the target relaxation measurement strategy through the indication information, or indirectly indicate the target relaxation measurement strategy, for example:
  • the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested of the cells to be tested.
  • the network device directly instructs the terminal to perform the relaxation measurement according to the measurement parameters, which is simple and direct.
  • Direct indication mode 2 The indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of these multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
  • the network device can directly instruct multiple predefined relaxation measurement strategies, which can reduce signaling overhead.
  • the instruction information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene.
  • the network device may send the instruction information before the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario.
  • the indication information includes a switching criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, the switching criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the switching criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion, and the first criterion is the first criterion or the second criterion.
  • the criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
  • This scheme indirectly instructs the target to relax the measurement strategy through the switching criterion.
  • the indication information includes m-bit information, and m is greater than or equal to 1; or, the indication information includes the priority of the terminal service. That is, the switching criterion is indicated by m-bit information or the switching criterion is indicated by the priority of the terminal service, which is more flexible.
  • the terminal can determine the target relaxation measurement strategy according to the handover criterion to better meet its own actual needs. For example, if the energy saving requirement is given priority, then the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the first criterion can be selected, or the communication quality is guaranteed first, then the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second criterion can be selected.
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device has the function of realizing the behavior in the method embodiment of the first aspect.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein:
  • the processing module is configured to switch from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene, and adopt a target relaxation measurement strategy to perform relaxation measurement, wherein one relaxation measurement scene corresponds to a relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation
  • the measurement strategy includes a relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second relaxation measurement scenario
  • the transceiver module is used to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy
  • the target relaxation measurement strategy includes switching from the first relaxation measurement strategy to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy
  • the target relaxation measurement strategy includes executing the third relaxation measurement strategy within the first preset time period, After the first preset duration, a second relaxation measurement strategy is executed.
  • the third relaxation measurement strategy includes the first relaxation measurement strategy; or,
  • the third relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter, where the at least one measurement parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, number of neighboring cells to be measured, and Measure the number of frequency points to be measured in the neighboring area.
  • performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter includes:
  • the first measurement parameter is any one of the at least one measurement parameter, and the first value is a preset initial value of the first measurement parameter.
  • the preset rule includes sequentially decreasing the first value according to the adjustment factor; or, the preset rule includes sequentially increasing the first value according to the adjustment factor.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter
  • the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter; wherein , The first value is greater than the second value, the first value is greater than the fourth value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the fourth value.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter
  • the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter
  • the first value is greater than the second value, and the first value is greater than the third value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the third value; or,
  • the first value is less than the second value, and the first value is less than the third value, and the second value is less than or equal to the third value.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold
  • the relaxation measurement includes RRM relaxation measurement or RLM relaxation measurement.
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
  • the indication information includes measurement parameters
  • the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested of the cells to be tested.
  • the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
  • the indication information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene.
  • the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the handover criterion includes the first criterion or the second criterion.
  • the criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
  • the indication information includes m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
  • the indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
  • the processing module is further configured to: determine the target relaxation measurement strategy according to a handover criterion, wherein the handover criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion, and the first criterion indicates priority saving For the energy consumption of the terminal, the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, has a function of realizing the behavior in the method example of the second aspect.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein:
  • the processing module is configured to determine instruction information, which is used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy to be used for the relaxation measurement after switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene;
  • the transceiver module is used to send the instruction information to the terminal.
  • the indication information includes measurement parameters
  • the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested of the cells to be tested.
  • the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
  • the indication information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene.
  • the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the handover criterion includes the first criterion or the second criterion.
  • the criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
  • the indication information includes m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
  • the indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device may be the communication device in the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the above-mentioned embodiments, or the communication device provided in the third aspect or the fourth aspect In the chip.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface, a processor, and optionally, a memory. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions or data, and the processor is coupled with the memory and a communication interface.
  • the processing circuit reads the computer programs or instructions or data
  • the communication device executes the above-mentioned method embodiments. The method performed by the network device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in a communication device, for example, implemented by a logic circuit, a sending circuit, and a receiving circuit in the communication device, or if the communication device is a chip set in a device, the communication interface It can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device is a terminal, the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal.
  • a communication device in a sixth aspect, includes a processor and a transceiver. Optionally, it also includes a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instruction from the memory, when the processor executes the computer program or instruction in the memory, so that The communication device executes any one of the above-mentioned communication methods from the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or can be set independently of the processor.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver coupled to each other.
  • a communication device including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that any one of the first aspect to the second aspect, and any one of the first aspect to the second aspect is possible
  • the method in the implementation mode is implemented.
  • the above-mentioned communication device may be a chip
  • the input circuit may be an input pin
  • the output circuit may be an output pin
  • the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver
  • the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and sent by the transmitter
  • the circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, configured to implement the methods executed by the communication device in the third aspect to the seventh aspect.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, the communication system including one or more communication devices that execute the methods provided in the first aspect and the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program (also referred to as code or instructions), and when the computer program is executed, the computer executes the above-mentioned first
  • a computer program also referred to as code or instructions
  • the method in any possible implementation manner, or the computer is caused to execute the method in any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
  • the method in one possible implementation manner, or the computer is allowed to execute the method in any one of the foregoing implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the relaxation measurement method provided by the embodiment of the present application is aimed at clarifying the relaxation measurement strategy to be adopted by the terminal after the measurement scene is switched, so as to take into account the power consumption requirements of the terminal and the communication performance requirements of the terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the RRC state transition of the UE according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a UE moving between multiple cells according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the configuration of a gap provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless resource management measurement method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another structure of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system may include a network-side device and a user equipment (UE) that communicates with the network-side device.
  • UE user equipment
  • Fig. 1 is an example of the communication system.
  • the communication system shown in Fig. 1 includes a network-side device and a user equipment communicating with it. In fact, the communication system may include multiple user equipments. limit.
  • the network-side device may be a device that can communicate with user equipment, and is also referred to as a network device.
  • the network device may be an access network device, and the access network device may also be called a radio access network (RAN) device, which is a device that provides wireless communication functions for terminal devices.
  • the access network equipment includes, but is not limited to: next-generation base stations (generation nodeB, gNB) in 5G, evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), baseband unit (BBU), and transmitting and receiving points. point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access point in the WiFi system, etc.
  • the access network equipment can also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU), and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or a network
  • the equipment can be a relay station, a vehicle-mounted device, and a network device in the PLMN network that will evolve in the future.
  • User equipment also called terminal device or terminal, or terminal equipment, includes equipment that provides users with voice and/or data connectivity.
  • terminal device also called terminal device or terminal, or terminal equipment
  • terminal equipment includes equipment that provides users with voice and/or data connectivity.
  • it may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function or a processing device connected to a wireless modem .
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal device may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal devices, mobile terminal devices, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal devices, V2X terminal devices, machine-to-machine/machine-type communication ( machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC) terminal devices, Internet of things (IoT) terminal devices, subscriber units, subscriber stations, mobile stations , Remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), aircraft (such as UAV, hot air balloon, civil aviation passenger aircraft, etc.) or user device (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • D2D device-to-device communication
  • V2X terminal devices machine-to-machine/machine-type communication
  • M2M/MTC machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • M2M/MTC Internet of things
  • IoT Internet of things
  • mobile phones or “cellular” phones
  • computers with mobile terminal devices, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, and computer-built mobile devices.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the in-vehicle device placed or installed on the vehicle may also include a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to other future-oriented communication technologies.
  • the network architecture and business scenarios described in this application are intended to explain the technical solutions of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture and new business scenarios The technical solutions provided in this application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the new radio (NR) system introduces a new state (RRC_inactive) to meet the requirements of low latency and low power consumption. need. That is, the NR system supports RRC to support three states, which are connected RRC_connected state, RRC_inactive state, and RRC_idle state. The transition between these three states is shown in Figure 2.
  • the UE can establish an RRC connection in RRC_idle, switch to the RRC_connected state, and return to the RRC_idle state by releasing the RRC connection.
  • the release of the RRC connection can be delayed to switch to the RRC_inactive state, and the RRC connection can be released to return to the RRC_idle state.
  • the terminal may be in the RRC_idle state, the RRC_inactive state, or the RRC_connected state.
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of the terminal moving in cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3. Due to the mobility of the terminal, the terminal may move from the coverage area of one cell to the coverage area of another cell. In order to ensure the service continuity and communication quality of the terminal, the terminal is required to perform cell reselection (reselection) or cell handover (handover). The terminal obtains the continuous service of the wireless network by reselecting and switching between cells with different coverage areas. Both cell reselection and cell handover require the terminal to perform RRM measurement. The terminal uses RRM measurement to determine whether it is within the coverage of a certain cell, and receives reference signals sent from multiple network devices, and completes cell reselection based on the power of the reference signal Or cell handover.
  • RRM measurement to determine whether it is within the coverage of a certain cell, and receives reference signals sent from multiple network devices, and completes cell reselection based on the power of the reference signal Or cell handover.
  • the cell reselection is mainly implemented by the terminal itself, and the terminal completes the cell reselection after meeting certain trigger conditions and access criteria.
  • the cell handover requires the network equipment to configure RRM measurement parameters for the terminal and configure the terminal according to the feedback of the terminal. When the RRM measurement result of the terminal meets certain conditions, the report of the measurement event will be triggered. After receiving the report from the terminal, the network device can send a handover command to the terminal, instructing the terminal to switch from one cell to another.
  • the purpose of RRM measurement is to realize the management and allocation of resources.
  • the types of RRM measurement include intra-frequency measurement and inter-frequency/different system measurement.
  • Co-frequency measurement includes measuring other frequency points in the same frequency band of the current serving cell and adjacent cell frequency points that are the same as the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell; inter-frequency measurement means that the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell is different from the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell.
  • Adjacent cell frequency different system measurement is to measure the adjacent cell frequency that is not in the same system as the serving cell.
  • the terminal When the signal quality of the cell where the terminal resides (also referred to as the serving cell in this article) is lower than a certain threshold, the terminal according to the same frequency, different frequency and/or different system neighboring cell information configured by the network device in the system message, Measure the signal quality of the serving cell and the neighboring cell of the cell adjacent to the serving cell (also referred to as the neighboring cell in this article), and determine whether the signal quality of the neighboring cell meets the cell reselection condition. If the signal quality of the neighboring cell meets the cell reselection condition, the terminal stays in the neighboring cell.
  • the network device configures the terminal to perform intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and/or different system neighbor cell measurements through RRC signaling.
  • the terminal reports the signal quality measurement results of the serving cell and neighboring cells to the network device through RRC signaling, and the network device switches the terminal to a cell with better signal quality according to the measurement result when the terminal is in. Therefore, whether it is the cell reselection in the RRC_idle state and the RRC_inactive state, or the cell handover in the RRC_connected state, it is based on the terminal's signal quality measurement results of the serving cell and neighboring cells.
  • the terminal can use a measurement method that requires gap measurement, or a measurement method that does not require gap measurement for inter-frequency and/or inter-frequency measurement. Measure in the neighborhood of the system. If the terminal has multiple sets of radio frequency channels that can support receiving signals on different frequencies or neighboring cells of different systems at the same time when transmitting and receiving signals on the serving cell, the terminal supports measurement methods that do not require gap measurement to measure signals of different frequencies or neighboring cells of different systems. ; Otherwise, the terminal adopts the measurement method that requires gap measurement to measure signals of different frequencies or neighboring cells of different systems.
  • the terminal stops the signal transmission and reception on the serving cell in the gap, adjusts the radio frequency path to the different frequency or the different system frequency point, and receives the signals of the different frequency or the neighboring cell of the different system.
  • the network device configures the gap semi-statically through RRC signaling.
  • FIG 4 is a configuration diagram of gap, which is mainly composed of three parameters.
  • These three parameters are measurement gap repetition period (MGRP), which are used to configure the gap period; measure the length of the time slot.
  • the measurement gap length (MGL) is used to configure the length of the gap;
  • the measurement offset (gapOffset) is used to configure the starting position of the gap.
  • SFN system frame number
  • subframe subframe
  • subframe gapOffset mod 10;
  • the above SFN and subframe are the SFN and subframe of the primary cell (primary cell, PCell).
  • the maximum MGL is 6ms.
  • the measurement of the NR neighbor cell can be based on the synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB), but due to the particularity of the SSB signal design, if the measurement method that needs to measure the gap is used to perform the connection state inter-frequency or different system neighbor cell measurement), the network The device needs to be configured with an accurate gap location to include the SSB of the neighboring cell.
  • SSB Synchronization Signal Block
  • the time domain position of the measurement gap needs to refer to the PCell timing, and the time domain position of the neighboring cell SSB is sent at the neighboring cell timing.
  • the network device needs to know the PCell and the NR neighboring cell Therefore, it is determined that the SFN and subframe number of the SSB of the adjacent cell of the NR correspond to the SFN and subframe number of the PCell.
  • the timing deviation between PCell and NR neighboring cells can be obtained by measuring the system frame number of the terminal and the frame timing difference (SFN and frame timing difference, SFTD).
  • SFTD measurement results include SFN deviation and frame boundary timing deviation.
  • the current protocol supports (EUTRA-NR Dual Connectivity, EUTRA-NR dual connectivity), also known as SFTD measurement between LTE PCell and NR PSCell under EN-DC, and supports (NR-EUTRA Dual Connectivity, NR-EUTRA dual connectivity) ), also known as SFTD measurement between NR PCell and LTE PSCell under NE-DC, and also supports (NR Dual Connectivity, NR dual connectivity), also known as SFTD measurement between NR PCell and NR PSCell under NR-DC , And supports SFTD measurement between LTE PCell and NR neighbor cells under non-DC (Dual Connectivity).
  • EUTRA-NR Dual Connectivity, EUTRA-NR dual connectivity also known as SFTD measurement between LTE PCell and NR PSCell under EN-DC
  • NR-EUTRA Dual Connectivity, NR-EUTRA dual connectivity also known as SFTD measurement between NR PCell and LTE PSCell under NE-DC
  • NR Dual Connectivity, NR dual connectivity also known as SFTD measurement between NR
  • the terminal needs to receive a signal from another cell under test other than the PCell to obtain the timing information of the cell.
  • DC since the terminal can support simultaneous work on PCell and PSCell and know the timing information of PCell and PSCell at any time, there will be no difficulty in SFTD measurement.
  • SFTD measurement between LTE PCell and NR neighboring cell under non-DC, if the radio frequency path of the terminal does not support receiving and sending signals on PCell while receiving signals on NR neighboring cell, SFTD measurement will be difficult.
  • the current protocol supports the following two methods: SFTD measurement that requires gap and SFTD measurement in the inactive period of connected discontinuous reception (connected discontinuous reception, CDRX).
  • the terminal first detects the synchronization signals of other cells, obtains synchronization with other cells based on the synchronization signals of other cells, and then performs related measurements on the reference signals sent by other cells, thereby completing other Measurement of the cell.
  • interrupting the receiving and sending of data in the original service area in the measurement gap will have a greater impact on throughput.
  • Some terminals can support CA combinations of many different frequency bands, have multiple receiving channels, and have the ability to directly measure different frequencies/systems without the need to configure gaps. In this way, the data transmission in the original service area is not interrupted, and the service in the original service area of the terminal is not affected.
  • the terminal usually only supports a limited number of frequency band combinations, and cannot support all frequency band combinations without measuring gap measurement. Different frequency/different system.
  • the information element "interFreqNeedForGaps"/"interRAT-NeedForGaps” can be used to report in the capability message which measurement frequency band combinations need to measure gaps, and which measurement frequency band combinations do not need to measure gaps.
  • the band of the service area is indicated by the cell “bandListEUTRA” that supports single band or the cell “bandCombinationListEUTRA” that supports CA;
  • the target measurement inter-frequency band is indicated by the cell “interFreqBandList”, and the target measurement inter-system band It is indicated by the cell "interRAT-BandList”.
  • 1 bit is used to indicate the band/CA combination of the service area and whether to measure the gap between different frequency bands or different frequency bands. For example, the value of 1 bit is 1 (True) means that gap measurement is required, and the value of 1 bit is 0 (False). ) Means that no gap measurement is required.
  • the network device may determine whether to configure the gap during measurement according to Table 1.
  • the network device can determine whether to configure the measurement gap for the terminal according to the measurement capability reported by the terminal, so that the terminal performs RRM measurement according to the configuration of the network device. Since the terminal in the RRC_idle state and the RRC_inactive state periodically performs RRM measurement, it can be considered as the main source of power consumption of the terminal. However, in some measurement scenarios, such as when the terminal is in a stationary state or the moving speed of the terminal is low, it is not necessary to perform RRM measurements frequently. Therefore, in order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal, the concept of RRM relaxation measurement is currently proposed.
  • the terminal can reduce the number of RRM measurements (for example, increase the period of RRM measurement), and for example, the terminal can reduce the measurement objects (for example, the terminal reduces the number of target frequency points to be measured, or the terminal reduces the neighbors to be measured). The number of districts).
  • the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement when certain measurement scenarios are satisfied. For example, if the terminal is not on the edge of a cell, the terminal may not perform RRM measurement on the neighboring cell; for another example, if the terminal moves at a low speed, the terminal may perform RRM measurement at a longer measurement interval.
  • Different measurement scenarios have different strategies for implementing RRM relaxation measurement.
  • the terminal may switch from one measurement scenario to another. For example, the terminal may move from the center of the cell to the edge of the cell, or the moving speed of the terminal becomes faster. This involves the terminal needs to switch the RRM relaxation measurement strategy, but there is no further solution for how the terminal performs the RRM relaxation measurement after the terminal switches in different measurement scenarios.
  • the terminal switching monitoring scenario is also involved, and there is also no further solution for how the terminal performs the RLM relaxation measurement after the switching monitoring scenario exists.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a relaxation measurement method.
  • the solution is aimed at clarifying the relaxation measurement strategy (hereinafter, also referred to as the relaxation measurement strategy) to be adopted by the terminal after the measurement scene is switched, so as to take into account the terminal's performance. Power consumption requirements and communication performance requirements.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be used in wireless communication systems, such as 4.5G systems or 5G systems, and further evolution systems based on LTE or NR, as well as future wireless communication systems or other similar communication systems.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used for RRM measurement, and can also be used for RLM.
  • the relaxation measurement method provided in the embodiment of this application can also be referred to as the RRM relaxation measurement method; when the technical solution is used for RLM measurement, then the relaxation measurement method provided in the embodiment of the application is It can also be called RLM relaxation measurement method.
  • the RRM in the embodiments of the present application can be replaced with RLM.
  • the application of the technical solution to RRM measurement is taken as an example, and the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an RRM measurement method.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 as an example.
  • the method can be executed by two communication devices, for example, the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to realize the functions required by the method
  • the first communication device may be a terminal or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal to realize the functions required by the method.
  • Communication device (such as chip system). The same is true for the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may be a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the second communication device may be a terminal or capable of supporting terminal implementation A communication device (such as a chip system) with the functions required by the method.
  • a communication device such as a chip system
  • the first communication device and the second communication device are both terminals, or the first communication device is a terminal, and the second communication device is capable of supporting terminal implementation.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of the RRM measurement method provided by this embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device is a network device as an example. It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application only take execution through network equipment and terminals as examples, and are not limited to these two communication devices.
  • S501 The terminal switches from the first RRM relaxation measurement scenario to the second RRM relaxation measurement scenario.
  • the terminal executes a target RRM relaxation measurement strategy, where the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy includes an RRM relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second RRM relaxation measurement scenario.
  • RRM relaxation measurement can be understood as when the terminal performs RRM relaxation measurement, the terminal can reduce the measurement objects (for example, reduce the number of measurement target frequency points, reduce the number of neighboring cells to be measured); or, the terminal can reduce the number of RRM measurements (for example, Extend the measurement interval); or, the terminal reduces the measurement objects and reduces the number of RRM measurements, so as to save the power consumption of the terminal as much as possible.
  • the measurement objects for example, reduce the number of measurement target frequency points, reduce the number of neighboring cells to be measured
  • the terminal can reduce the number of RRM measurements (for example, Extend the measurement interval); or, the terminal reduces the measurement objects and reduces the number of RRM measurements, so as to save the power consumption of the terminal as much as possible.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario is a scenario suitable for the terminal to perform RRM relaxation measurement. In other words, when the terminal satisfies a certain measurement scenario among these measurement scenarios, the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement.
  • RRM relaxation measurement scenarios are listed below.
  • Measurement scenario 1 Within a set time period, the signal quality of the serving cell of the terminal does not exceed the set threshold 1, that is, the terminal is stationary or moving at a low speed. In this scenario, the signal quality of the serving cell and the neighboring cell are relatively stable and will remain within a certain range for a long time. Therefore, the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on the serving cell or the neighboring cell.
  • Measurement scenario 2 The signal quality of the serving cell is higher than the set threshold 2, that is, the terminal device is not at the edge of the cell.
  • the signal quality of the serving cell is high, and it can provide a stable and better service to the terminal. Therefore, the terminal does not need to be reselected to the neighboring cell, and the RRM relaxation measurement can be performed on the neighboring cell.
  • Measurement scenario 3 The signal quality of the serving cell is higher than the set threshold 2, and the change of the signal quality of the serving cell does not exceed the set threshold 1, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the terminal is stationary or moving at a low speed.
  • the signal quality of the serving cell is high, which can provide stable and better services to the terminal, and the signal quality of the serving cell and neighboring cells are relatively stable, and the signal quality will be kept within a certain range for a long time.
  • the cell performs RRM relaxation measurement, and does not perform RRM measurement on neighboring cells.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement method in scenario 1 and scenario 2 can guarantee the cell coverage of the terminal.
  • due to the mobility of the terminal when the terminal may switch from one measurement scene to another, if the measurement method is relaxed according to the RRM corresponding to the measurement scene after the handover, there may be a certain risk of cell handover.
  • the embodiment of the present application can clarify the RRM relaxation measurement strategy that the terminal needs to adopt from one RRM relaxation measurement scenario to another RRM relaxation measurement scenario, and the terminal performs RRM relaxation measurement according to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy, which can take into account the energy consumption of the terminal. Requirements and communication performance requirements.
  • RRM relaxation measurement scenarios there are a variety of RRM relaxation measurement scenarios, such as the above three measurement scenarios.
  • RRM relaxation measurement strategies such as performing RRM relaxation measurement at the first measurement interval, or for example not performing RRM measurement on neighboring cells.
  • Different RRM relaxation measurement scenarios correspond to different RRM relaxation measurement strategies.
  • Table 2 below one RRM relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to an RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • Strategy 1 and Strategy 2 may be the same, for example, the first measurement interval and the second measurement interval are the same. Or in Table 2, Strategy 1 and Strategy 2 may also be different, for example, the first measurement interval and the second measurement interval are different; or, the first measurement interval and the second measurement interval are the same, but the number of neighboring cells measured by Strategy 1 is the same as The number of neighbors measured by strategy 2 is different; or, the first measurement interval and the second measurement interval are the same, the number of neighbors measured by strategy 1 is the same as the number of neighbors measured by strategy 2, but strategy 1 corresponds to the measured neighbors The number of frequency points is different from the number of frequency points in the neighboring cell corresponding to strategy 2. Moreover, it should be noted that Table 2 only illustrates strategy 1 to strategy 3 with measurement intervals.
  • strategy 1 to strategy 3 may respectively be strategies for measuring multiple neighboring cells to perform RRM relaxation measurement.
  • strategy 1 is a strategy for measuring L neighboring cells to perform RRM relaxation measurement
  • strategy 2 is a strategy for measuring P neighboring cells performing RRM relaxation measurement
  • strategy 1 is a strategy for measuring Q neighboring cells performing RRM relaxation measurement, where L , P, and Q are all positive integers, and L, P, and Q may be different.
  • strategy 1 to strategy 3 may be strategies for measuring multiple frequency points of each neighboring cell to perform RRM relaxation measurement.
  • strategy 1 is to measure L frequency points of a neighboring cell to perform RRM relaxation measurement strategy
  • strategy 2 is to measure P frequency points of a neighboring cell to perform RRM relaxation measurement strategy
  • strategy 1 is to measure a neighboring cell
  • the Q frequency points of the implementation of the RRM relaxation measurement strategy, where L, P, and Q are all positive integers, and L, P, and Q may be different. It should be understood that, in this article, the implementation of RRM relaxation measurement takes the neighboring cell measurement as an example, but it is not limited to performing RRM relaxation measurement on the serving cell, or performing RRM relaxation measurement on the serving cell and neighboring cells.
  • the terminal uses strategy 3 to perform RRM measurement with the lowest energy consumption. That is, the measurement scene 3 is a low energy consumption measurement scene compared to the measurement scene 1 or the measurement scene 2. That is, the energy consumption of the terminal using strategy 3 to perform RRM measurement is lower than the energy consumption of the terminal using strategy 1 or strategy 2 to perform RRM measurement.
  • the measurement scenario 1 may be a low-power measurement scenario or a high-power measurement scenario. That is, the energy consumed by the terminal using strategy 1 to perform RRM measurement may be greater than or equal to the energy consumed by the terminal using strategy 2 to perform RRM measurement, or it may be less than the energy consumed by the terminal using strategy 2 to perform RRM measurement.
  • the terminal adopts strategy 1 in the measurement scenario 1 (or the terminal adopts strategy 2 in the measurement scenario 2) to perform RRM measurement, compared to the terminal adopts the strategy 3 in the measurement scenario 3, which can better ensure the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the communication performance of measurement scenario 3 is the lowest, and the communication performance of measurement scenario 1 may be higher than that of measurement scenario 2, or may be lower than that of measurement scenario 2.
  • Table 2 only takes as an example that there are three RRM relaxation measurement scenarios, and each RRM relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to one RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of RRM relaxation measurement scenarios and the number of RRM relaxation measurement strategies.
  • the terminal when the terminal switches from one RRM relaxation measurement scenario to another RRM relaxation measurement scenario, the corresponding RRM relaxation measurement strategy also needs to be adjusted. That is, after the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, the terminal can execute the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be an RRM relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N after the handover.
  • Table 3 it is an exemplary correspondence table between RRM relaxation measurement scenarios and RRM relaxation measurement strategies.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M is the strategy corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M in Table 1
  • the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N is the strategy corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N in Table 2.
  • Table 3 only lists 4 possible RRM relaxation measurement strategies corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement scene N (that is, the switched RRM relaxation measurement scene) after the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scene M to the RRM relaxation measurement scene N.
  • the types and numbers of RRM relaxation measurement strategies corresponding to the switched RRM relaxation measurement scenarios in the embodiment of the present application are not limited.
  • the terminal may perform the RRM relaxation measurement at a normal measurement interval within a preset time period, and execute the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N after the preset time period.
  • the normal measurement interval here is that the measurement interval corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement is relatively speaking, and the normal measurement interval is smaller than the measurement interval corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement.
  • the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N as an example.
  • the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, and the terminal can directly switch from the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N to perform the RRM relaxation measurement.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is the measurement strategy N corresponding to the measurement scene N after the handover.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario one
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario three
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be the aforementioned strategy 3. That is, the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scene to a low energy consumption measurement scene, and the terminal can directly execute a low energy consumption strategy.
  • the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scenario to a low energy measurement scenario
  • the terminal switches from a measurement strategy corresponding to a high energy consumption measurement scenario (also referred to as a high energy measurement strategy in this article) to a measurement corresponding to a low energy measurement scenario Strategies (also referred to as low energy consumption measurement strategies in this article).
  • This solution can reduce the number of RRM measurements and save the power consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
  • the terminal When the terminal switches from measurement scenario 1 to measurement scenario 3, that is, the terminal may initially be at the edge of the cell, but because the terminal moves at a low speed, it may be far away from the edge of the cell, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the terminal moves at a low speed. In this case, the terminal can directly execute strategy 3. Since strategy 3 is not to perform the RRM measurement of the neighboring cell, it can save the power consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 1
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be the aforementioned strategy 1. That is, the terminal switches from a low energy consumption measurement scene to a high energy consumption measurement scene, and the terminal can directly switch from a low energy consumption measurement strategy to a high energy consumption measurement strategy. This scheme can guarantee the communication performance of the terminal to the greatest extent.
  • the terminal When the terminal switches from measurement scenario 1 to measurement scenario 3, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell, and the terminal moves at a low speed, after a period of time, although the moving speed of the terminal is still low, the terminal may be at the edge of the cell.
  • the terminal can directly execute strategy 1. That is, the RRM measurement is performed on the neighboring cell in time, so the communication performance of the terminal can be guaranteed to the maximum.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario two
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario three
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is the aforementioned strategy 3. Similar to the first example, this solution can also reduce the number of RRM measurements and save the power consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
  • the terminal switches from measurement scenario 2 to measurement scenario 3, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell initially, and the moving speed of the terminal is faster, and then the moving speed of the terminal is lower, but the terminal has not moved to the edge of the cell in the end.
  • the terminal can directly execute strategy 3. Since strategy 3 is not to perform the RRM measurement of the neighboring cell, it can save the power consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 2
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is the aforementioned strategy 2. Similar to the second example, this solution can also maximize the terminal's communication performance.
  • the terminal When the terminal switches from measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 2, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell, and the terminal moves at a low speed, after a period of time, although the moving speed of the terminal is still low, the terminal may be at the edge of the cell.
  • the terminal can directly execute strategy 2. That is, the RRM measurement is performed on the neighboring cell in time, so the communication performance of the terminal can be guaranteed to the maximum.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scene M is the aforementioned measurement scene 1
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scene N is the aforementioned measurement scene 2. If strategy 1 consumes more energy consumption of the terminal than strategy 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 2 to save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible. If strategy 1 can better guarantee the communication performance of the terminal than strategy 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 1 to maximize the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scene M is the aforementioned measurement scene two
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scene N is the aforementioned measurement scene one. If strategy 2 needs to consume more energy consumption of the terminal compared to strategy 1, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is the aforementioned strategy 1, in order to save energy consumption as much as possible. If strategy 2 can better guarantee the communication performance of the terminal than strategy 1, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 2 to maximize the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the terminal after the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, the terminal first executes an RRM relaxation measurement strategy for a period of time, and then executes the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N. That is, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is to first execute an RRM relaxation measurement strategy within a period of time, and then execute the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement strategy that is executed first within a period of time can be considered as an over-relaxation measurement.
  • this solution transitions to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N through the transition relaxation measurement strategy. This solution can try to balance the energy consumption requirements of the terminal and the communication performance requirements of the terminal.
  • the over-relaxation measurement strategy can be the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M, or it can be a strategy different from the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M.
  • the value of the measurement parameter (for example, measurement interval, etc.) of the excessive relaxation measurement strategy is between the value corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M and the value corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N.
  • the terminal switches from a low energy consumption measurement scene to a high energy consumption measurement scene, and the terminal can transition to a high energy consumption measurement strategy.
  • the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scenario to a low energy measurement scenario, and the terminal can also transition to a low energy measurement strategy.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may include any of the following strategies:
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 1
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be the execution of strategy 3 within the first preset time period T1.
  • Strategy 1 is executed after a preset period of time T1. That is, the transitional relaxation measurement strategy is strategy 3.
  • the terminal when the terminal moves to the edge of the cell at a low speed, it may move to the edge of the cell.
  • strategy 3 is compared with strategy 1 and strategy 2, it can meet the energy-saving requirements of the terminal to the greatest extent.
  • the terminal when the terminal switches from measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 1, due to the low speed of the terminal, it is possible that the terminal has not moved to the edge of the cell within a period of time (for example, the first preset duration T1). During this period of time, the terminal implements strategy 3, which can save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible. After this period of time, the terminal may move to the edge of the cell. At this time, the terminal executes strategy 1 to ensure the communication performance of the terminal as much as possible.
  • the first preset duration T1 may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device, and the terminal is notified of the value of the first preset duration T1.
  • the first preset duration T1 may be a value in the range of 10ms-20ms, such as 10ms, 15ms, 20ms, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of the first preset duration T1.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be to perform RRM measurement in a first preset time period T1 according to a preset first measurement method, and then perform RRM measurement after the first preset time period T1.
  • Strategy 1 That is, the over-relaxation measurement strategy is the first measurement method.
  • the preset first measurement method can be determined according to the actual needs of the terminal.
  • the terminal needs to give priority to ensuring communication performance, and the preset first measurement method may be to not use RRM relaxation measurement (hereinafter referred to as measurement method 1).
  • the preset first measurement method may be to perform RRM measurement on all neighboring cells according to the preset measurement interval within the first preset duration T1.
  • the measurement interval may be the measurement interval corresponding to the normal RRM measurement method.
  • the normal RRM measurement method is relative to the RRM relaxation measurement.
  • the RRM measurement before the concept of RRM relaxation measurement can be regarded as normal RRM measurement, for example, the measurement interval when the measurement relaxation is not performed.
  • the terminal needs to take into account both communication performance and energy consumption, so a certain measurement parameter corresponding to the preset first measurement method has a larger value (hereinafter referred to as measurement method 2).
  • measurement method 2 a certain measurement parameter corresponding to the preset first measurement method has a larger value.
  • the measurement interval corresponding to the preset first measurement mode is located between the measurement interval corresponding to the normal RRM measurement mode and the measurement interval corresponding to the RRM relaxed measurement strategy.
  • the number of neighboring cells to be tested corresponding to the preset first measurement method is between the number of neighboring cells to be tested corresponding to the normal RRM measurement method and the number of neighboring cells to be tested corresponding to the RRM relaxed measurement strategy.
  • the number of frequency points to be measured in the neighboring cell to be measured corresponding to the preset first measurement method is between the number of frequency points to be measured corresponding to the normal RRM measurement method and the number of frequency points to be measured corresponding to the RRM relaxed measurement strategy.
  • the terminal needs to take into account both communication performance and energy consumption, so the preset first measurement mode of multiple measurement parameters (measurement interval, number of measurement neighbors, number of measured frequency points, etc.)
  • the values of at least two) may be located between the parameters corresponding to the measurement strategy M and the measurement strategy N (hereinafter referred to as measurement mode 3).
  • the measurement interval corresponding to the preset first measurement method is located between the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy M and the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy N
  • the number of measurement neighbors corresponding to the preset first measurement method is located in the RRM measurement.
  • Strategy M measures the number of neighboring cells
  • RRM measurement strategy N measures the number of neighboring cells.
  • the measurement interval corresponding to the preset first measurement method is located between the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy M and the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy N, and the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy M is switched to the RRM in an increment or decrement manner.
  • Measurement interval for measurement strategy N The number of frequency points of the measurement neighboring cell corresponding to the preset first measurement method can also be located between the number of frequency points of the RRM measurement strategy M and the number of frequency points of the RRM measurement strategy N to measure the neighboring cells, so as to pass The method of increasing or decreasing is switched from the number of frequency points of the RRM measurement strategy M to the number of frequency points of the RRM measurement strategy N.
  • the types of measurement parameters of the preset first measurement method are not limited here. It should be understood that the value of the measurement parameter of the preset first measurement mode may be the average value of the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to multiple measurement strategies (for example, the three measurement strategies in Table 2 above).
  • the RRM measurement is performed through the preset first measurement mode, without frequent switching between RRM measurement strategies, thereby avoiding the increased energy consumption of frequent switching, and also taking into account the energy consumption requirements of the terminal and the communication performance requirements.
  • some measurement parameters (measurement interval, number of measurement neighbors, number of measured frequency points, etc.) of the preset first measurement mode are variable within a period of time.
  • the initial values of these measurement parameters and the adjustment factors can be preset, so that the terminal can adjust the initial values of the measurement parameters according to the adjustment factor.
  • the preset first measurement method may be that within the first preset duration T1, the terminal sequentially decreases the initial measurement interval according to the decrease amplitude, and performs the RRM measurement according to the decreased measurement interval.
  • the initial measurement interval is greater than the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1, and the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is decremented within the first preset duration T1 is greater than or equal to the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1. Since the RRM measurement is still performed within the first preset duration T1, the communication performance of the terminal can be ensured as much as possible, and the measurement interval for performing RRM measurement within the first preset duration T1 is successively decreased, then the first preset duration T1 The number of internal measurements is reduced, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 1
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute strategy 1 within the second preset duration T2, and in the first 2.
  • Strategy 3 is executed after the preset time period T2.
  • strategy 1 can be executed to ensure the communication performance of the terminal as much as possible.
  • strategy 3 which can save the energy consumption of the terminal.
  • the second preset duration T2 may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device.
  • the second preset duration T2 may be the same as the first preset duration T1, or may be different from the first preset duration T1.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be to perform RRM measurement in a second preset time period T2 according to a preset second measurement method, after the second preset time period T2 Then implement strategy 3.
  • the preset second measurement method may also be determined according to the actual needs of the terminal.
  • the preset second measurement method may be the aforementioned measurement method 1, measurement method 2, or measurement method 3, etc., for details, please refer to the aforementioned preset measurement method.
  • the introduction of the first measurement method is not repeated here.
  • the measurement interval corresponding to the preset second measurement mode is variable within a period of time.
  • the initial value of the measurement interval, as well as the increment range, the number of increments, or the decrement range, and the number of decrements can be preset.
  • the preset measurement manner may be that within the second preset duration T2, the terminal sequentially decreases the initial measurement interval according to the decreasing amplitude to perform RRM measurement. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is greater than the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1, and the measurement interval of the initial measurement interval after decrementing times within the second preset duration T2 is greater than or equal to the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1. Since the RRM measurement is still performed during the second preset duration T2, the communication performance of the terminal can be ensured as much as possible, and the measurement interval for performing RRM measurement within the second preset duration T2 is successively decreased, then the second preset duration T2 The number of internal measurements is reduced, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible.
  • the preset measurement manner may be that within the second preset duration T2, the terminal sequentially increases the initial measurement interval according to the increasing amplitude to perform the RRM relaxation measurement. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is smaller than the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1, and the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is incremented times within the second preset duration T2 is less than or equal to the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1. Since the RRM measurement is still performed at a smaller measurement interval within the second preset duration T2, the communication performance of the terminal can be further ensured.
  • the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset second measurement method and the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset first measurement method may be the same or different.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the foregoing measurement scenario 3
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the foregoing measurement scenario 2
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be the execution of the foregoing strategy 3 for the third preset time period T3. 3. After the preset time period T3, the aforementioned strategy 2 is executed.
  • the moving speed of the terminal may become faster, but it takes a certain time for the terminal to move to the edge of the cell. Therefore, when the terminal switches from measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 2, the terminal can execute strategy 3 first and then execute strategy 2 within a period of time (for example, the third preset duration T3), which can further save energy consumption of the terminal.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be to perform RRM measurement in the second preset time period T2 according to the preset third measurement method, and then perform RRM measurement after the second preset time period T2. Execution strategy 2.
  • the preset third measurement method can be determined according to the actual needs of the terminal.
  • the preset third measurement method may be the aforementioned preset measurement method 1 or the preset measurement method 2 or the preset measurement method 3, etc.
  • the alternative of the aforementioned second example Scheme, I won’t go into details here.
  • the measurement interval corresponding to the preset third measurement method is variable within a period of time.
  • the initial value of the measurement interval, as well as the increment range, the number of increments, or the decrement range, and the number of decrements can be preset.
  • the preset measurement method may be that within the third preset duration T3, the terminal sequentially decreases the initial measurement interval according to the decrease amplitude, and performs RRM measurement according to the decreased measurement interval. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is greater than the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2, and the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is decremented after decrementing times within the third preset duration T3 is greater than or equal to the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2.
  • the communication performance of the terminal can be ensured as much as possible, and the measurement interval for performing the RRM measurement in the third preset time period T3 is successively decreased, then in the third preset time period T3 The number of internal measurements is reduced, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible.
  • the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset third measurement method and the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset first measurement method may be the same or different.
  • the third preset duration T3 may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device.
  • the third preset duration T3 may be the same as the first preset duration T1, or may be different from the first preset duration T1.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 2 and the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be the execution of the aforementioned strategy 2 at the fourth preset time period T4. After the preset time period T4, the aforementioned strategy 3 is executed.
  • the terminal switches from measurement scenario 2 to measurement scenario 3, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell initially, and the moving speed of the terminal is faster, and then the moving speed of the terminal is lower, but the terminal has not moved to the edge of the cell in the end.
  • the terminal can execute strategy 2 for a period of time, and then execute strategy 3.
  • the terminal has not been at the edge of the cell during this period of time, in order to prevent the terminal from moving faster and may move to the edge of the cell, the terminal still implements strategy 2 during this period of time to ensure the communication performance of the terminal as much as possible.
  • strategy 3 is implemented, that is, the RRM measurement of the neighboring cell is not performed, which further saves the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be to perform RRM measurement in the second preset time period T2 according to a preset fourth measurement method, and then perform RRM measurement after the fourth preset time period T4.
  • Implementation strategy 3 may be to perform RRM measurement in the second preset time period T2 according to a preset fourth measurement method, and then perform RRM measurement after the fourth preset time period T4.
  • the preset fourth measurement method can be determined according to the actual needs of the terminal.
  • the preset third measurement method may be the aforementioned preset measurement method 1 or the preset measurement method 2 or the preset measurement method 3, etc.
  • the alternative of the aforementioned second example Scheme, I won’t go into details here.
  • the measurement interval corresponding to the preset fourth measurement mode is variable within a period of time.
  • the initial value of the measurement interval, as well as the increment range, the number of increments, or the decrement range, and the number of decrements can be preset.
  • the preset measurement method may be that within the fourth preset time period T4, the terminal sequentially decreases the initial measurement interval according to the decreasing amplitude, and performs the RRM measurement according to the decreased measurement interval. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is greater than the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2, and the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is decremented after the decrement times within the fourth preset duration T4 is greater than or equal to the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2.
  • the communication performance of the terminal can be ensured as much as possible, and the measurement interval for performing the RRM measurement in the fourth preset time period T4 is successively decreased, then in the fourth preset time period T4 The number of internal measurements is reduced, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible.
  • the preset measurement method may be that within the fourth preset duration T4, the terminal sequentially increments the initial measurement interval according to the increment amplitude, and performs RRM measurement according to the incremented measurement interval.
  • the initial measurement interval is smaller than the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2
  • the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is incremented after the number of increments within the fourth preset duration T4 is less than or equal to the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2. Since the RRM measurement is still performed at a small measurement interval within the fourth preset time period T4, the communication performance of the terminal can be further ensured.
  • the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset fourth measurement mode and the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset first measurement mode may be the same or different.
  • the fourth preset duration T4 may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device.
  • the fourth preset duration T4 may be the same as the first preset duration T1, or may be different from the first preset duration T1.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scene M is the aforementioned measurement scene 1
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scene N is the aforementioned measurement scene 2.
  • strategy 1 consumes more energy consumption of the terminal than strategy 2
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 2, which saves the energy consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
  • strategy 1 needs to consume less energy consumption of the terminal than strategy 2
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute strategy 1 at the fifth preset time period T5, and then execute the aforementioned strategy 2, because in the fifth preset Strategy 1 is executed within the duration T5, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible; alternatively, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute RRM in the fifth preset duration T5 with a preset measurement interval and a preset decreasing range.
  • the preset measurement interval is greater than the second measurement interval, and after the fifth preset duration T5, the preset measurement interval is still greater than or equal to the second measurement interval after being decremented. Since the RRM measurement is performed at a measurement interval greater than the second measurement interval within the fifth preset time period T5, the energy consumption of the terminal can be further saved.
  • the fifth preset duration T5 may be predefined or set by the network device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the fifth preset duration T5.
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scene M is the aforementioned measurement scene two
  • the RRM relaxation measurement scene N is the aforementioned measurement scene one. If strategy 2 needs to consume more energy consumption of the terminal than strategy 1, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 1, which saves the energy consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute strategy 2 at the sixth preset time period T6, and then execute the aforementioned strategy 1, because in the sixth preset Strategy 2 is executed within the duration T6, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible; alternatively, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute RRM in the sixth preset duration T6 at a preset measurement interval and in a manner that decreases the preset decrement amplitude. Measure, and execute strategy 1 after the sixth preset time period T6. It should be understood that the preset measurement interval is greater than the first measurement interval, and after the sixth preset duration T6, the preset measurement interval is still greater than or equal to the first measurement interval after decrementing.
  • the sixth preset duration T6 may be predefined or set by the network device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the sixth preset duration T6.
  • the sixth preset duration T6 may be the same as the fifth preset duration T5 or may be different.
  • the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, and the terminal can directly switch from the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N, or transition to RRM relax measurement strategy N.
  • the terminal can determine which way to switch the RRM relaxation measurement strategy according to actual requirements, such as the energy-saving requirements of the terminal and/or the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the energy saving requirement of the terminal and/or the communication performance of the terminal can be understood as a handover criterion for the terminal to determine the handover of the RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the energy saving requirement of the priority terminal is the first criterion
  • the communication performance of the priority terminal is the second criterion
  • both the energy saving requirement of the terminal and the communication performance of the terminal are the third criterion.
  • the terminal may determine the handover criterion to be adopted for the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on the type of service being performed. For example, when the terminal performs voice services, in order to ensure the quality of the call, the handover criterion may be the second criterion.
  • the terminal may determine the switching criterion to be adopted for the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on its own product type. For example, the terminal is a portable device (mobile phone, tablet, watch, bracelet, etc.), and energy saving should be given priority, so the switching criterion can be the first criterion.
  • the terminal may determine the handover criterion to be adopted for the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on its own usage status, such as the terminal's power consumption status, movement status, network status, etc. For example, when the terminal turns on the power saving mode, the switching criterion may be the first criterion. For example, the terminal moves faster. In order to ensure the communication quality, the handover criterion may be the second criterion.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is directly switched to a low-energy measurement strategy. For example, if the terminal switches from the aforementioned measurement scenario 1 or measurement scenario 2 to measurement scenario 3, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is strategy 3.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be a transition to a low-energy measurement strategy.
  • the terminal switches from the aforementioned measurement scenario 1 or measurement scenario 2 to measurement scenario 3, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute, for example, strategy 1 or strategy 2 within a preset period of time, and then execute the strategy after the preset period of time.
  • the terminal when the terminal switches from a measurement scenario with higher energy consumption to a measurement scenario with lower energy consumption, the terminal can directly execute the strategy corresponding to the measurement scenario with lower energy consumption, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible. Or, the terminal can transition for a period of time, and then execute the strategy corresponding to the measurement scenario with lower energy consumption, while saving the energy consumption of the terminal, try to ensure the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the terminal determines the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on the second criterion, when the terminal switches from a low energy consumption measurement scene to a high energy consumption measurement scene, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is directly switched to a high energy consumption measurement strategy. For example, if the terminal switches from the aforementioned measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 1 or measurement scenario 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is strategy 1 or strategy 2.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be a transitional switch to a high-energy measurement strategy. For example, if the terminal switches from the aforementioned measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 1 or measurement scenario 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to first execute strategy 3 within a preset time period, and then execute strategy 1 or strategy after the preset time period. 2.
  • the terminal When the terminal switches from a measurement scenario with lower energy consumption to a measurement scenario with higher energy consumption, the terminal directly executes the strategy corresponding to the measurement scenario with higher energy consumption to maximize the communication performance of the terminal; or, the terminal can After a transition period of time, the strategy corresponding to the measurement scenario with higher energy consumption will be executed again to save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible while ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
  • the terminal may also determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy according to the instruction of the network device. That is, as an alternative to the foregoing implementation method 1 or implementation method 2, the network device can specify the target RRM relaxation measurement scenario for the terminal.
  • the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, the terminal adopts the network device Specify the target RRM relaxation measurement scenario, and perform RRM relaxation measurement.
  • the network device may send instruction information to the terminal, where the instruction information is the terminal instructing the target RRM to relax the measurement strategy. It should be understood that S503 is an optional step, and therefore, it is illustrated by a dotted line in FIG. 5.
  • the indication information may directly indicate the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy, or indirectly indicate the target RRM relaxation measurement scenario.
  • the following describes several possible implementations of the indication information.
  • the indication information may include measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters may include, for example, one or more of the measurement interval, the number of neighboring cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested in the neighboring cells to be tested.
  • the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be determined according to the measurement parameters, and the RRM relaxation measurement can be performed.
  • the solution can directly instruct the target RRM to relax the measurement strategy.
  • the network device may send the indication information to the terminal when the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N.
  • the measurement parameter includes a measurement interval, and the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on all neighboring cells according to the measurement interval according to the measurement parameter.
  • the measurement parameter includes the number L of neighboring cells to be measured, and the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on the L neighboring cells to be measured according to the measurement parameter.
  • the measurement parameter includes the number K of subcarriers to be measured in the neighboring cell to be measured, and the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on the K subcarriers of the neighboring cell to be measured according to the measurement parameter.
  • the measurement parameter includes a measurement interval and the number L of adjacent cells to be measured, and the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on L adjacent cells to be measured according to the measurement interval according to the measurement parameter, and so on.
  • the measurement parameter may be determined by the network device according to the power consumption requirement of the terminal and the moving speed of the terminal, so the energy saving requirement of the terminal and the communication performance of the terminal can be considered.
  • the measurement parameter may be carried in system information (SI), that is, the network device may broadcast the SI carrying the measurement parameter, and send the measurement parameter to the terminal.
  • SI system information
  • the measurement parameters may be carried in a system information block (system information block, SIB), such as SIB2.
  • SIB system information block
  • the measurement parameters can be carried in information elements defined in SIB2, for example, cell reselection information (cellReselectionInfoCommon) information element in SIB2, or speed movement state parameter (speedStateReselectionPars) information element in SIB2, or other possible information elements;
  • the measurement parameters can also be carried in the newly defined information element in SIB2.
  • the measurement parameter may be carried in radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, that is, the network device sends the measurement parameter to the terminal by sending the RRC signaling carrying the measurement parameter to the terminal.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one RRM relaxation measurement strategy, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is a certain RRM relaxation measurement strategy among the at least one RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the indication information indicates a kind of RRM relaxation measurement strategy, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is this kind of RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the indication information indicates multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be one of the multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies, or at least two of the multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies.
  • RRM relax measurement strategy is used to indicate at least one RRM relaxation measurement strategy, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is a certain RRM relaxation measurement strategy among the at least one RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the indication information indicates a kind of RRM relaxation measurement strategy, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is this kind of RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the indication information indicates multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be one of the multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies, or at least two of the multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy and/or the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the corresponding relationship between the switching of measurement scenarios and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be defined in advance as in Table 3 above.
  • the indication information may indicate one or more RRM relaxation measurement strategies as in Table 3. It should be understood that when the indication information indicates multiple relaxation measurement strategies, the terminal starts to execute different RRM relaxation measurement strategies at different times. For example, the indication information indicates the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy and the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy, then the terminal may start to execute the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy at the first moment, and the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy at the second moment.
  • the instruction information may further include a first moment and a second moment, where the first moment is the moment when the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy starts to be executed, and the second moment is the moment when the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy starts to be executed. time.
  • the instruction information may further include a first moment and a first preset duration, where the first moment is the moment when the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy starts to be executed, and the first preset duration is the duration for executing the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy, Then, after the first preset duration, the terminal starts to execute the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the network device may send instruction information to the terminal when the terminal switches the measurement scenario. If the indication information indicates multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies, the terminal may select one or more RRM relaxation measurement strategies from the multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies. As mentioned above, the terminal can select one or more RRM relaxation measurement strategies from these multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies based on the handover criterion. Alternatively, the network device may also send instruction information to the terminal before the terminal switches the measurement scenario. In this case, the system can predefine the corresponding relationship as shown in Table 3 above, and after the terminal switches from one measurement scenario to another measurement scenario, it selects the corresponding RRM relaxation measurement strategy. Or, in addition to sending instruction information indicating at least one RRM relaxation measurement strategy to the terminal, the network device also informs the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy indicated by the instruction information when a certain measurement scenario switch is satisfied.
  • the indication information may include a switching criterion by which the terminal switches the RRM relaxation measurement strategy, and the switching criterion corresponds to the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the scheme indirectly indicates the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy through the switching criterion.
  • the switching criterion may include the aforementioned first criterion, second criterion or third criterion.
  • the correspondence between the switching criterion and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy under the measurement scene switching may be predefined.
  • the terminal After receiving the instruction information, the terminal can determine the RRM relaxation measurement strategy in the corresponding measurement scenario according to the correspondence relationship, and then determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy through the switched scenario when the scene is switched.
  • the corresponding relationship between the switching criterion and the switch of the RRM relaxation measurement scenario, and the corresponding relationship between the switch of the RRM relaxation measurement scenario and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be predefined.
  • the terminal After receiving the instruction information, the terminal can determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy according to the two corresponding relationships.
  • the indication information may also be carried in the SIB2 defined cell or RRC signaling.
  • the indication information may include a switching criterion.
  • the indication information occupies m bits, and a value of m bits corresponds to a switching criterion.
  • the indication information occupies 2 bits, when the value of 2 bits is 0, the indication information indicates the first criterion, when the value of 2 bits is 1, the indication information indicates the second criterion, and so on.
  • the indication information may indicate the priority of the terminal service, and the switching criterion is indicated by the priority.
  • the service with the highest priority is defined and the communication performance of the terminal is guaranteed first, that is, the service with the highest priority corresponds to the second criterion; relatively speaking, the service with the lowest priority corresponds to the first criterion.
  • the terminal can determine the handover criterion according to the priority of the service notified by the network device, and then determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the corresponding relationship between the switching of the RRM relaxation measurement scene and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy is specified for the situation where the terminal switches the RRM relaxation measurement scenario. Therefore, after the terminal switches the RRM relaxation measurement scenario, it can determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy according to the corresponding relationship, and execute the RRM measurement.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal to switch the RRM relaxation measurement scenario for the terminal, and then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy to be adopted.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are respectively introduced from the perspective of interaction between the terminal and the network device.
  • the terminal and the network device may include a hardware structure and/or software module, and the above functions are implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. Whether a certain function among the above-mentioned functions is executed by a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 600 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 600 can correspondingly implement the functions or steps implemented by the terminal or the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device may include a processing module 610 and a transceiver module 620.
  • a storage unit may also be included, and the storage unit may be used to store instructions (code or program) and/or data.
  • the processing module 610 and the transceiver module 620 may be coupled with the storage unit.
  • the processing unit 610 may read instructions (codes or programs) and/or data in the storage unit to implement corresponding methods.
  • the above-mentioned units can be set independently, or partly or fully integrated.
  • the communication device 600 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 600 may be a terminal, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the terminal.
  • the transceiver module 620 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S503 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and/or for supporting the technology described herein Other processes.
  • the processing module 610 is used to perform all operations performed by the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except for receiving and sending operations, such as S501 and S502 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and/or for Other processes that support the technology described in this article.
  • the processing module 610 is configured to switch from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, and adopt a target relaxation measurement strategy to perform relaxation measurement, where one relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to a relaxation measurement strategy,
  • the target relaxation measurement strategy includes a relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second relaxation measurement scenario;
  • the transceiver module 620 is configured to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the target relaxation measurement strategy includes switching from the first relaxation measurement strategy to the second relaxation measurement. Strategy.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy
  • the target relaxation measurement strategy includes performing the third relaxation measurement within the first preset time period.
  • Strategy after the first preset period of time, execute a second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the third relaxation measurement strategy includes the first relaxation measurement strategy; or,
  • the third relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter, where the at least one measurement parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, number of neighboring cells to be measured, and Measure the number of frequency points to be measured in the neighboring area.
  • performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter includes:
  • the first measurement parameter is any one of the at least one measurement parameter, and the first value is a preset initial value of the first measurement parameter.
  • the preset rule includes sequentially decreasing the first value according to the adjustment factor; or, the preset rule includes sequentially increasing the first value according to the adjustment factor.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter
  • the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter. ; Among them, the first value is greater than the second value, the first value is greater than the fourth value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the fourth value.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the mobile speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the mobile speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold.
  • the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  • the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter
  • the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter
  • the first value is greater than the second value, and the first value is greater than the third value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the third value; or,
  • the first value is less than the second value, and the first value is less than the third value, and the second value is less than or equal to the third value.
  • the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold
  • the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold.
  • the relaxation measurement includes RRM relaxation measurement or RLM relaxation measurement.
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
  • the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, number of cells to be tested, number of frequency points to be tested of the cell to be tested number.
  • the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
  • the indication information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario.
  • the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the handover criterion includes the first criterion or the second criterion, The first criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
  • the indication information includes m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
  • the indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
  • the processing module 610 is further configured to: determine the target relaxation measurement strategy according to a handover criterion, wherein the handover criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion, and the first criterion indicates priority To save energy consumption of the terminal, the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
  • processing module 610 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 620 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components or a communication interface.
  • the communication apparatus 600 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 600 may be a network device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the network device.
  • the transceiver module 620 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S503 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and/or used to support the technology described herein Other processes.
  • the processing module 610 is used to perform all the operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except for the transceiving operation, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 610 is used to determine indication information, which is used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy to be used for the relaxation measurement after switching from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario; 620 is used to send the instruction information to the terminal.
  • the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, number of cells to be tested, number of frequency points to be tested of the cell to be tested number.
  • the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
  • the indication information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario.
  • the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the handover criterion includes the first criterion or the second criterion, The first criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
  • the indication information includes m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
  • the indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
  • processing module 610 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 620 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component or a communication interface.
  • the communication device 700 may be a terminal, which can implement the function of the terminal in the method provided in the embodiment of this application, or the communication device 700 may be a network device. Realize the function of the network device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application; the communication device 700 may also be a device that can support the terminal to implement the corresponding function in the method provided in the embodiment of this application, or can support the network device to implement the function provided in the embodiment of this application The device corresponding to the function in the method.
  • the communication device 700 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the foregoing transceiver module 620 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated in the communication device 700 to form a communication interface 710.
  • the communication device 700 includes at least one processor 720, which is configured to implement or support the communication device 700 to implement the functions of the network device or terminal in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method example, which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device 700 may further include at least one memory 730 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 730 and the processor 720 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 720 may operate in cooperation with the memory 730.
  • the processor 720 may execute program instructions and/or data stored in the memory 730, so that the communication device 700 implements a corresponding method. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the communication device 700 may further include a communication interface 710 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the device used in the communication device 700 can communicate with other devices.
  • a communication interface 710 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the device used in the communication device 700 can communicate with other devices.
  • the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal.
  • the processor 720 may use the communication interface 710 to send and receive data.
  • the communication interface 710 may specifically be a transceiver.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the aforementioned communication interface 710, the processor 720, and the memory 730.
  • the memory 730, the processor 720, and the communication interface 710 are connected by a bus 740 in FIG. 7.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. , Is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 7, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 720 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which can implement Or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory 730 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., and may also be a volatile memory (volatile memory). For example, random-access memory (RAM).
  • the memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the communication device in the foregoing embodiment may be a terminal or a circuit, and may also be a chip applied to a terminal or other combination devices or components with the foregoing terminal functions.
  • the transmitting and receiving module may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the transceiver module may be a radio frequency unit
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the transceiver module may be an input/output interface of the chip system, and the processing module may be a processor of the chip system.
  • Fig. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the communication device takes the network device as a base station as an example.
  • the base station may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1, and may be the network device in FIG. 1, which performs the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the network device 800 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 810 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU). )820.
  • RRU 810 may be called a communication module, which corresponds to the transceiver module 620 in FIG. 6.
  • the communication module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 811 And radio frequency unit 812.
  • the RRU 810 part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to the terminal.
  • the 820 part of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 810 and the BBU 820 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 820 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module, which may correspond to the processing module 610 in FIG. 6, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU processing module
  • the BBU may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.
  • the BBU 820 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network (such as an LTE network) with a single access standard, or can support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the BBU 820 further includes a memory 821 and a processor 822.
  • the memory 821 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 822 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 821 and the processor 822 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a terminal or a circuit.
  • the communication device may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • Figure 9 shows a simplified structural diagram of a terminal. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the vehicle-mounted unit, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 9 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9. In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory can be set independently of the processor, or integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the device.
  • the device includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920.
  • the transceiving unit 910 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the processing unit 920 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 910 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 910 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 910 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiving unit 910 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiving circuit or the like.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • transceiving unit 910 is configured to perform sending operations and receiving operations on the terminal side in the foregoing method embodiments
  • processing unit 920 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal in addition to the transceiving operations in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiving unit 910 may be used to perform S503 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.
  • the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiving unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
  • the device shown in FIG. 10 can be referred to.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 610 in FIG. 6.
  • the device includes a processor 1010, a data sending processor 1020, and a data receiving processor 1030.
  • the processing module 610 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1010 in FIG. 10, and completes corresponding functions.
  • the processing module 610 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1020 and/or the receiving data processor 1030 in FIG. 10.
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 10, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
  • the communication device 1100 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication device in this embodiment can be used as the modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1103 and an interface 1104.
  • the processor 1103 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 610
  • the interface 1104 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 620.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1106, a processor 1103, and a program stored on the memory 1106 and running on the processor.
  • the processor 1103 implements the method of the terminal in the above method embodiment when the program is executed.
  • the memory 1106 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1200, as long as the memory 1106 can be connected to the The processor 1103 is sufficient.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system.
  • the communication system includes a network device and a terminal, or may also include more network devices and multiple terminals.
  • the communication system includes network equipment and terminals for realizing the above-mentioned related functions of FIG. 5
  • the network devices are respectively used to implement the functions of the relevant network part of FIG. 5 above.
  • the terminal is used to implement the functions of the terminal related to FIG. 5 described above. For details, please refer to the relevant description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 5; or when it runs on a computer, cause the computer to execute The method executed by the terminal in Figure 5.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 5; or when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute FIG. 5 The method executed by the terminal.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the functions of the network device or terminal in the foregoing method; or is used to implement the functions of the network device and terminal in the foregoing method.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • At least one means one or more
  • plural means two or more.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • the following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • At least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c It can be single or multiple.
  • first and second are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance.
  • first relaxation measurement strategy and the second relaxation measurement strategy are only for distinguishing different measurements, but do not indicate the difference in priority or importance of the two strategies.
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
  • the extension factor is configured by network.
  • network can configure different relaxation factor for different scenario.
  • the relaxation factor can also consider the UE mobility factor degree or location etc. ⁇ 2,8 ⁇ .
  • Proposal 1 The extension factor for relaxed measurement can be configured by network for scenario #1 and#2.
  • RAN2 has aggregated that network indicators option a or option b.
  • option a it was already already agreed at RAN4#93 meeting that UE is not required to meet the intra-frequency and inter-frequency neigh-frequency and inter-frequency measures #3 the UE behavior is clear.
  • UE can perform relaxation when either low mobility or not-at-cell-edge criteria is fulfilled. If both don criteria are fulfilled. 't think that UE shall stop measurement in this case. Since network indicators option b to UE, it means that network expects relaxation measurement and expects the measurement results reported by UE Otherwise to the network society. satisfied, UE can choose any one, it is up to UE implementation.
  • Proposal 2 When network configures the parameters of both low mobility and not-at-cell-edge criteria,
  • UE stops intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell measurements when both criteria are fulfilled.
  • UE performs corresponding relaxed measurement according to which criteria is met.If both criteria are satisfied,it is left to UE implementation to choose one (either low mobility or not-at cell-edge)and perform the corresponding relaxed measurements.
  • NB Iot the following relaxed monitoring measurement rules are specified in TS 36.304.
  • the time interval since the last measurement for cell reselection is defined as 24 hours.
  • UE will stop intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell measurements.
  • the interval since last measure for cell reselection lys the hall before 24 hours. is not suitable for power saving UE.
  • This value shall consider the network deployment, propagation, environment, UE mobility direction, UE speed, UE location and etc. Too long interval may impact UE mobility performance and power reduction short value the will. Generally we think time interval for measurement relaxation (stop measurements) since last measurement for cell reselection is minutes level.
  • Proposal 3 Time interval for measurement relaxation(stop measurements) since last measurement for cell reselection is minutes level.
  • RAN4 discussed the RRM measurement for inter-frequency layer with higher priority during last meeting. Three options are captured in[1]as following.
  • T higher_priority_search (60*N layers )seconds.
  • the UE behaviour is to perform measure inter-frequency layers of higher,equal or lower priority layers.
  • the measurement requirements for higher,equal or lower priority layers is the same in this case.
  • the power saving benefit can be foreseen if the measurement of higher priority layers is relaxed(the gain is shown in table 1).
  • the measurement result validity due to the measurement relaxation on higher priority is not a big issue.
  • the power saving trigger criteria is specified for low mobility or not-at-cell edge scenario,in both cases,there is no strong command of obtaining fast measurement results.However if different priority layers( high,equal and lower)have the same requirements of measurement,this is contradictory with the motivation of introduction of different priority layers.So S rxlev ⁇ S nonIntraSearchP or S qual ⁇ S nonIntraSearchQ ,the rel axed requirement for the frequency layer of higher priority can use different relaxed measurement requirement as those for
  • Proposal 4 When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,no relaxation of the current measurement delay requirement is expected for inter-frequency measurement with higher priority.When Srxlev ⁇ SnonIntraSearchP or Squal ⁇ SnonIntraSearchQ, the relaxed requirement for the frequency layer of higher priority can use the different relaxed measurement requirement as those for the frequency layer of equal/lower priority.
  • Paging occasion is essential and can not be missed from UE point of view.
  • UE can perform intra-frequency measurement during the paging occasion, which means that intra-frequency measurement doesn’t introduce extra power.
  • inter-frequency measurement For inter-frequency measurement, UE needs to wake up additionally during DRX-OFF in order to avoid the degradation on the paging reception.
  • the measurement requirements for inter-frequency are scaling with the frequency that it’s normalized number. power is not increased when multiple inter-frequency layers are configured.
  • Proposal 5 Reducing the inter-frequency layers for measurement in idle mode can not bring power saving gain.
  • the relaxation measurement shall be performed.
  • EMR is not an urgent functionality and the measurement result derived from the relaxation measurement on the carriers indicated by the EMR can still be configured by EMR.
  • Proposal 6 In scenario#1 and#2, the measurement result derived from relaxation measurement can still be applied in EMR.
  • UE may stop the neighbor cell measurements when UE is in power saving mode.
  • UE may need to establish CA or DC due to service load. It is reasonable to perform EMR measurement.
  • UE can perform relaxation measurement.
  • RAN1 is discussing the cross-slot scheduling power saving during last meeting.
  • the framework of the impact the BWP switching is basically shown in the followings (duplicated from RAN1 chairman notes).
  • Proposal 8 The DCI based BWP switching delay requirements in RAN4 is not impacted by cross-slot scheduling.
  • Proposal 1 The extension factor for relaxed measurement can be configured by network for scenario #1 and#2.
  • Proposal 2 When network configures the parameters of both low mobility and not-at-cell-edge criteria,
  • UE stops intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell measurements when both criteria are fulfilled.
  • UE performs corresponding relaxed measurement according to which criteria is met.If both criteria are satisfied,it is left to UE implementation to choose one (either low mobility or not-at cell-edge)and perform the corresponding relaxed measurements.
  • Proposal 3 Time interval for measurement relaxation(stop measurements) since last measurement for cell reselection is minutes level.
  • Proposal 4 When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,no relaxation of the current measurement delay requirement is expected for inter-frequency measurement with higher priority.When Srxlev ⁇ SnonIntraSearchP or Squal ⁇ SnonIntraSearchQ, the relaxed requirement for the frequency layer of higher priority can use the different relaxed measurement requirement as those for the frequency layer of equal/lower priority.
  • Proposal 5 Reducing the inter-frequency layers for measurement in idle mode can not bring power saving gain.
  • Proposal 6 In scenario#1 and#2, the measurement result derived from relaxation measurement can still be applied in EMR.
  • Proposal 8 The DCI based BWP switching delay requirements in RAN4 is not impacted by cross-slot scheduling.
  • Table 18 UE power consumption model for FR1
  • Table 24 UE power consumption of the combined neighbor cell measurements and cell search
  • the network may have different preferences in different scenarios, a flexible method is to configure the expansion factor according to the network.
  • the network can configure different relaxation factors for different scenarios.
  • the relaxation factor may also consider the degree of movement or location of the UE.
  • the value range of relaxation factor is ⁇ 2,8 ⁇ .
  • Recommendation 1 For scenarios #1 and #2, the expansion factor can be loosely measured according to the network configuration. In the last meeting, RAN2 sent an LS to RAN4[2]. The agreement is reproduced as follows:
  • the network side broadcasts the corresponding relaxation trigger criterion parameter, and turns on the RRM measurement relaxation feature. 2.
  • the UE can perform measurement relaxation according to one of the following options indicated by the network:-Option a: The UE uses a low mobility standard and a non-cell edge standard, that is, the UE can perform relaxation only if these two conditions are met at the same time.
  • the specific relaxation behavior depends on the discussion and decision of RAN4;-Option b: UE uses low mobility standard or non-cell edge standard (the choice can be left to the UE to realize), that is: when the low mobility or non-cell edge criterion is met, The UE can relax.
  • the detailed relaxation behavior is the same as when the network is only configured with standards
  • RAN2 has agreed to the network indicating option a or option b.
  • option a it has been agreed in the RAN4#93 meeting that the UE does not need to meet the same-frequency and inter-frequency adjacent cell measurement requirements of scenario #3. Therefore, the behavior of the UE is clear.
  • option b when the network configures the parameters of low mobility and non-cell edge criteria at the same time, the UE can perform relaxation when the low mobility or non-cell edge criteria are met. If both criteria are met, we believe that the UE will not stop measurement in this case. Since the network indicates option b to the UE, this means that the network expects to relax the measurement and expects the measurement result reported by the UE. Otherwise, the network will indicate option a to the UE. Therefore, if both criteria are met, the UE can choose either one, depending on the UE implementation.
  • Recommendation 2 When the network is configured with low mobility and non-edge cell standard parameters at the same time,-if the network indicates option a, when these two standards are met, the UE stops the same-frequency and inter-frequency adjacent cell measurement. -If the network indicates option b, the UE performs the corresponding loose measurement according to which conditions are met. If these two conditions are met, the UE selects one (low mobility or non-edge cell) and performs the corresponding loose measurement. In NB-IoT, the following loose delay monitoring and measurement rules are defined in TS 36.304. The time interval from the last cell reselection measurement is defined as 24 hours.
  • 5.2.4.12.0 Loose monitoring measurement rules
  • the UE can choose not to perform intra-frequency or inter-frequency measurement in the following cases Measurement:-Meet the loose monitoring criteria in section 5.2.4.12.1 during TSearchDeltaP, and-Less than 24 hours have passed since the last cell reselection measurement was performed, and-The UE is selecting or reselecting to a new cell After that, at least TSearchDeltaP same-frequency or different-frequency measurements were performed.
  • the UE In the power saving mode, if both conditions are met, and the network indicates option a, the UE will stop the same-frequency and inter-frequency neighbor cell measurement. In this case, the interval from the last cell reselection measurement should be considered. Obviously, 24 hours is not suitable for power saving terminals. This value should consider network deployment, propagation environment, UE moving direction, UE speed, UE location, etc. Too long a period configuration will affect the UE's mobility performance, and a too short period configuration will reduce the power saving gain. Generally speaking, we consider the time interval of measurement relaxation (stop measurement), because the last measurement of cell reselection was in the order of minutes.
  • Recommendation 3 Starting from the last cell reselection measurement, the time interval for measurement relaxation (measurement stop) is on the order of minutes. l RRM measurement relaxation of the inter-frequency layer with higher priority RAN4 discussed the RRM measurement with higher priority in the inter-frequency layer.
  • RRM measurement relax high-priority inter-frequency layer option 1 When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, for higher-priority inter-frequency measurements, it is not expected to relax the current measurement delay requirements. "When Srxlev d SnonIntraSearchP or Squal d SnonIntraSearchQ, the loose measurement requirements for the high-priority frequency layer are the same as the loose measurement requirements for the peer/low-priority frequency layer.
  • Alternative 2 “In high-speed mobile scenarios, high priority Carrier measurement should not be relaxed (Scenario #2)
  • Option 3 “The measurement of higher priority carriers should not be relaxed.
  • RAN2 is discussing high-priority measurement relaxation instructions, and would like to ask RAN4 about the relaxation behavior of high-priority carriers: 1. For the situation of Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, if the relaxation criteria defined by RAN2 are met, does RAN4 envisage further relaxation than Higher_priority_search Measurement of higher priority carriers? 2.
  • the UE behavior is to measure inter-frequency layers with higher, same or lower priority layers. In the current specification, the measurement requirements for high priority, equal priority, or low priority are the same in this case.
  • the paging opportunity is indispensable and cannot be missed.
  • the UE can perform co-frequency measurement at the paging moment, which means that co-frequency measurement will not introduce additional large power consumption.
  • the UE needs to wake up during the DRX-OFF period to avoid a decrease in paging reception.
  • the measurement requirements for different frequencies scale with the number of frequencies. That is, when the number of inter-frequency layers is greater than one layer, the normalized power is not raised.
  • Recommendation 5 Reduce the number of inter-frequency layers for idle state measurement, which cannot bring energy-saving gains.
  • CA/DC is enhanced to introduce the function of reporting early measurement reports.
  • the purpose of EMR is to speed up the establishment of CA/DC when the UE enters the connected state. If the UE is in the power saving mode, it may affect the normal measurement. There are two situations that need to be discussed separately. In scenes #1 and #2, relaxation measurement should be performed. As far as we know, EMR is not an urgent function. The measurement results obtained by performing relaxation measurements on the carrier indicated by the EMR configuration can still be applied to EMR.
  • Proposal 6 In scenarios #1 and #2, the measurement results obtained from the relaxation measurement can still be applied to EMR. In scenario #3, when the UE is in the power saving mode, the UE can stop the neighbor cell measurement. However, if the UE also configures the EMR configuration in the RRC release, when the UE is ready to enter the RRC connected mode, the UE has no information about the neighbor cell measurement results. In this case, the UE may need to establish CA or DC due to traffic load. The EMR measurement is reasonable. Considering power saving, the UE can perform relaxation measurements.
  • Recommendation 7 In scenario #3, when the UE configures EMR, the UE will perform relaxation measurement. l
  • the impact of cross-slot scheduling energy-saving technology on RRM RAN1 was discussing energy-saving cross-slot scheduling at the last meeting.
  • the impact framework of BWP switching is basically as follows.
  • the minimum applicable scheduling offset indication field (if present in the DCI format) Indicates the minimum scheduling offset limit applied to the target BWP. Note: The specifications do not need to be changed.
  • BWP handover delay requirements based on DCI in RAN4 are not affected by cross-slot scheduling.
  • Recommendation 2 When the network is configured with low mobility and non-edge cell standard parameters at the same time,-if the network indicates option a, when these two standards are met, the UE stops the same-frequency and inter-frequency adjacent cell measurement. -If the network indicates option b, the UE performs the corresponding loose measurement according to which conditions are met. If these two conditions are met, the UE selects one (low mobility or non-edge cell) and performs the corresponding loose measurement.
  • Recommendation 3 Starting from the last cell reselection measurement, the time interval for measurement relaxation (measurement stop) is on the order of minutes.
  • Recommendation 5 Reduce the number of inter-frequency layers for idle state measurement, which cannot bring energy-saving gains.
  • Proposal 6 In scenarios #1 and #2, the measurement results obtained from the relaxation measurement can still be applied to EMR.
  • Recommendation 7 In scenario #3, when the UE configures EMR, the UE will perform relaxation measurement.

Abstract

Provided are a measurement relax method, and a communication apparatus, wherein a policy for measurement relax to be employed by a terminal after the terminal switches between different measurement scenarios is clarified, so as to take into account the energy consumption requirements and the communication performance requirements of the terminal. The method comprises: a terminal switching from a first measurement relax scenario to a second measurement relax scenario; and the terminal then using a target measurement relax policy to execute measurement relax, wherein a measurement relax scenario corresponds to a measurement relax policy, and the target measurement relax policy comprises a measurement relax policy corresponding to the second measurement relax scenario.

Description

一种放松测量方法和通信装置Relaxation measurement method and communication device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2020年03月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010241083.9、申请名称为“”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2020年04月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010281665.X、申请名称为“一种放松测量方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 202010241083.9, and the application name is "" on March 31, 2020, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference; this application requires 2020 The priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on April 10th, the application number is 202010281665.X, and the application name is "a relaxation measurement method and communication device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种放松测量方法和通信装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a relaxation measurement method and communication device.
背景技术Background technique
由于终端的移动性,终端可能从一个小区的覆盖范围移动到另一个小区的覆盖范围,为了保证终端的业务连续性和通信质量,终端会进行小区重选(reselection)或者小区切换(handover)。小区重选和小区切换都需要终端进行小区测量,也就是终端进行无线资源管理(radio resource management,RRM)测量。其中,在终端设备处于无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)空闲态(简称为RRC_idle态)和RRC去激活态(简称为RRC_inactive态),终端设备执行RRM测量和小区重选过程。Due to the mobility of the terminal, the terminal may move from the coverage of one cell to the coverage of another cell. In order to ensure the service continuity and communication quality of the terminal, the terminal will perform cell reselection or cell handover. Both cell reselection and cell handover require the terminal to perform cell measurement, that is, the terminal performs radio resource management (RRM) measurement. Among them, when the terminal device is in a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) idle state (referred to as RRC_idle state for short) and in an RRC deactivated state (referred to as RRC_inactive state for short), the terminal device performs RRM measurement and cell reselection processes.
处于RRC_idle态和RRC_inactive态的终端周期性进行RRM测量。但是在某些场景中,例如终端处于静止状态或者终端的移动速度较低时,没有必要频繁地进行RRM测量。因此为了降低终端的功耗,目前提出RRM放松测量(RRM measurement relax)的概念,即在满足某些测量场景的情况下,终端可执行RRM放松测量,例如终端可减少RRM测量的次数(例如,增加RRM测量的测量间隔)。且不同的测量场景,执行RRM放松测量的策略也有所不同。例如终端不在小区边缘,终端可不对邻区执行RRM测量;又例如终端低速度移动,终端可按照较长的测量间隔执行RRM测量。The terminal in the RRC_idle state and the RRC_inactive state periodically performs RRM measurement. However, in some scenarios, for example, when the terminal is in a stationary state or the moving speed of the terminal is low, it is not necessary to perform RRM measurements frequently. Therefore, in order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal, the concept of RRM measurement relaxation is currently proposed, that is, the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement when certain measurement scenarios are met. For example, the terminal can reduce the number of RRM measurements (for example, Increase the measurement interval of RRM measurement). And different measurement scenarios, the implementation of RRM relaxation measurement strategies are also different. For example, if the terminal is not on the edge of a cell, the terminal may not perform RRM measurement on the neighboring cell; for another example, if the terminal moves at a low speed, the terminal may perform RRM measurement at a longer measurement interval.
但是针对终端在不同的测量场景切换后,终端如何进行RRM放松测量还没有进一步的方案。However, there is no further solution for how the terminal performs RRM relaxation measurement after the terminal switches between different measurement scenarios.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种放松测量方法和通信装置,明确终端在不同的测量场景切换后,终端所要采用的放松测量的策略,以兼顾终端的能耗需求和通信性能的需求。This application provides a relaxation measurement method and communication device, which clarifies the relaxation measurement strategy that the terminal should adopt after switching between different measurement scenarios, so as to take into account the terminal's energy consumption requirements and communication performance requirements.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种放松测量方法,该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是终端或能够支持该终端实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以第一通信装置是终端为例进行描述。该方法包括:In the first aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a relaxation measurement method, which can be executed by a first communication device. The first communication device may be a terminal or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip. system. The following description will be made by taking an example in which the first communication device is a terminal. The method includes:
终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景,之后终端采用目标放松测量策略,执行放松测量,其中,一种放松测量场景对应一种放松测量策略,目标放松测量策略包括与第二放松测量场景对应的放松测量策略。该方案在终端切换放松测量场景的情况下,可明确终端之后进行放松测量所采用的放松测量策略。The terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, and then the terminal adopts the target relaxation measurement strategy to perform relaxation measurement, where one relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to a relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy includes the second relaxation measurement strategy. The relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the measurement scenario. This solution can clarify the relaxation measurement strategy adopted by the terminal after the relaxation measurement is performed when the terminal switches to the relaxation measurement scenario.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量场景对应第一放松测量策略,第二放松测 量场景对应第二放松测量策略,目标放松测量策略包括从第一放松测量策略切换到第二放松测量策略。该方案中,终端直接从第一放松测量策略切换到第二放松测量策略,即直接切换到与第二放松测量场景对应的放松测量策略,较为简单。In the first possible implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy, the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy includes switching from the first relaxation measurement strategy to the second relaxation measurement strategy. Measurement strategy. In this solution, the terminal directly switches from the first relaxation measurement strategy to the second relaxation measurement strategy, that is, directly switches to the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second relaxation measurement scenario, which is relatively simple.
进一步的,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗高于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗,终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景,终端直接从第一放松测量策略切换到第二放松测量策略。即终端从高能耗测量场景切换到低能耗测量场景后,终端直接从高能耗测量策略切换到低能耗测量策略,以最大节约终端的能耗。Further, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy, the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, and the terminal directly switches from the first relaxation measurement strategy To the second relaxation measurement strategy. That is, after the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scenario to a low energy consumption measurement scenario, the terminal directly switches from a high energy consumption measurement strategy to a low energy consumption measurement strategy, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
进一步的,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗低于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗,终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景,终端直接从第一放松测量策略切换到第二放松测量策略。即终端从低能耗测量场景切换到高能耗测量场景后,终端直接从低能耗测量策略切换到高能耗测量策略,以最大保证终端的通信性能。Further, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy, the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, and the terminal directly switches from the first relaxation measurement strategy To the second relaxation measurement strategy. That is, after the terminal switches from a low energy consumption measurement scenario to a high energy consumption measurement scenario, the terminal directly switches from a low energy consumption measurement strategy to a high energy consumption measurement strategy, so as to maximize the communication performance of the terminal.
在第二种可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量场景对应第一放松测量策略,第二放松测量场景对应第二放松测量策略,目标放松测量策略包括在第一预设时长内执行第三放松测量策略,在第一预设时长之后,执行第二放松测量策略。该方案中,终端切换测量场景后,先执行一种放松测量场景,之后再执行第二放松测量策略,即终端过渡切换到第二放松测量策略,以尽量节约终端的能耗,同时保证终端的通信性能。In a second possible implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy, the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy includes performing the third relaxation within the first preset time period. The measurement strategy, after the first preset period of time, executes the second relaxation measurement strategy. In this solution, after the terminal switches the measurement scene, it executes a relaxation measurement scenario first, and then executes the second relaxation measurement strategy, that is, the terminal transitions to the second relaxation measurement strategy, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible while ensuring the terminal’s power consumption. Communication performance.
进一步的,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗低于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗,终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景,先执行一种放松测量场景,之后再执行第二放松测量策略。即终端从低能耗测量场景切换到高能耗测量场景后,终端从低能耗测量策略过渡切换到高能耗测量策略,以在保证终端的通信性能的同时,尽量节约终端的能耗。Further, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy, the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, first executes a relaxation measurement scenario, and then Perform the second relaxation measurement strategy. That is, after the terminal switches from a low-power measurement scenario to a high-power measurement scenario, the terminal transitions from a low-power measurement strategy to a high-power measurement strategy, so as to ensure the communication performance of the terminal while saving the power consumption of the terminal as much as possible.
进一步的,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗高于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗,终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景,先执行一种放松测量场景,之后再执行第二放松测量策略。即终端从高能耗测量场景切换到低能耗测量场景后,终端从高能耗测量策略过渡切换到低能耗测量策略,以在节约终端的能耗的同时,尽量保证终端的通信性能。Further, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy, the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, first executes a relaxation measurement scenario, and then Perform the second relaxation measurement strategy. That is, after the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scene to a low energy consumption measurement scene, the terminal transitions from a high energy consumption measurement strategy to a low energy consumption measurement strategy, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal while ensuring the communication performance of the terminal as much as possible.
在可能的实现方式中,第三放松测量策略可以包括如下策略中任意一种:In a possible implementation manner, the third relaxation measurement strategy may include any one of the following strategies:
示例性的,第三放松测量策略可包括所述第一放松测量策略。即终端先执行之前采用的第一放松测量策略,避免在不同测量策略之间频繁切换。Exemplarily, the third relaxation measurement strategy may include the first relaxation measurement strategy. That is, the terminal first executes the first relaxation measurement strategy adopted before, so as to avoid frequent switching between different measurement strategies.
又一示例性的,第三放松测量策略可包括按照预设的至少一种测量参数执行放松测量,其中,至少一种测量参数包括如下参数的一种或多种:测量间隔、待测邻区的个数、待测邻区的待测频点的个数。第三放松测量策略可按照预设的测量参数执行放松测量,该测量参数的取值可以预设,不同于第一放松测量策略或第二放松测量策略,较为灵活,更加有助于兼顾终端的节能需求和终端的通信性能需求。In another example, the third relaxation measurement strategy may include performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter, where the at least one measurement parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, neighboring area to be measured The number of frequency points to be tested in the neighboring area to be tested. The third relaxation measurement strategy can perform relaxation measurement according to preset measurement parameters. The value of the measurement parameter can be preset, which is different from the first relaxation measurement strategy or the second relaxation measurement strategy. Energy-saving requirements and terminal communication performance requirements.
其中,按照预设的至少一种测量参数执行放松测量,可包括:Wherein, performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter may include:
方案一、按照第一测量参数的第一取值执行放松测量,该第一测量参数为所述至少一种测量参数中的任意一种测量参数。即按照测量参数的固定取值执行放松测量,降低了复杂度。Solution 1: Perform relaxation measurement according to the first value of the first measurement parameter, where the first measurement parameter is any one of the at least one measurement parameter. That is, the relaxed measurement is performed according to the fixed value of the measurement parameter, which reduces the complexity.
方案二、按照第一测量参数的第二取值执行放松测量,其中,所述第二取值是按照预设规则调整所述第一取值获得的,第一取值为预设的所述第一测量参数的初始取值。Solution 2: Perform relaxation measurement according to the second value of the first measurement parameter, wherein the second value is obtained by adjusting the first value according to a preset rule, and the first value is the preset The initial value of the first measurement parameter.
示例性的,所述预设规则包括按照调整因子,依次递减所述第一取值;或者,所述预设规则包括按照调整因子,依次递增所述第一取值。即在预设时长内,测量参数的取值可变,按照可变的取值执行测量方式,更加有助于兼顾终端的节能需求和终端的通信性能需求。Exemplarily, the preset rule includes sequentially decreasing the first value according to the adjustment factor; or, the preset rule includes sequentially increasing the first value according to the adjustment factor. That is, within the preset time period, the value of the measurement parameter is variable, and the measurement method is performed according to the variable value, which is more helpful to balance the energy-saving requirements of the terminal and the communication performance requirements of the terminal.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗低于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。例如,第一放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘且终端的移动速度低于预设阈值,第二放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘或者终端的移动速度低于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy. For example, the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold, and the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold.
这种情况下,第一放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第三取值执行放松测量,第二放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第四取值执行放松测量,其中,第一取值大于第二取值,第一取值大于第四取值,且第二取值大于或等于第四取值。该方案,终端从低能耗测量场景切换到高能耗测量场景之后,终端在一段时间内可以依次降低测量参数的取值,获得第二取值,并按照第二取值执行放松测量,且由于第二取值大于或等于第四取值,可以逐渐提高终端的通信性能。In this case, the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter, and the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter. The value is greater than the second value, the first value is greater than the fourth value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the fourth value. In this solution, after the terminal switches from the low-energy measurement scenario to the high-energy measurement scenario, the terminal can sequentially reduce the value of the measurement parameter within a period of time, obtain the second value, and perform the relaxation measurement according to the second value. The second value is greater than or equal to the fourth value, which can gradually improve the communication performance of the terminal.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗高于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。例如,第一放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘或者终端的移动速度低于预设阈值,第二放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘且终端的移动速度低于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy. For example, the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold, and the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold.
这种情况下,第一放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第三取值执行放松测量,第二放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第四取值执行放松测量,其中,第一取值大于第二取值,且第一取值大于所述第三取值,且第二取值大于或等于第三取值;或者,第一取值小于第二取值,且第一取值小于第三取值,且第二取值小于或等于第三取值。该方案,终端从高能耗测量场景切换到低能耗测量场景之后,终端在一段时间内可以依次增大测量参数的取值,获得第二取值,并按照第二取值执行放松测量,且由于第二取值大于或等于第三取值,可以先逐渐降低终端的通信性能,再提高终端的节能效果。或者,终端从高能耗测量场景切换到低能耗测量场景之后,终端在一段时间内可以依次减小测量参数的取值,获得第二取值,并按照第二取值执行放松测量,且由于第二取值小于或等于第三取值,可以先逐渐提高终端的节能效果,再降低终端的通信性能。In this case, the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter, and the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter. The value is greater than the second value, and the first value is greater than the third value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the third value; or, the first value is less than the second value, and the first value Is less than the third value, and the second value is less than or equal to the third value. In this solution, after the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scene to a low energy consumption measurement scene, the terminal can sequentially increase the value of the measurement parameter within a period of time, obtain the second value, and perform the relaxation measurement according to the second value, and because The second value is greater than or equal to the third value, and the communication performance of the terminal can be gradually reduced first, and then the energy-saving effect of the terminal can be improved. Or, after the terminal switches from a high-energy measurement scenario to a low-energy measurement scenario, the terminal can sequentially reduce the value of the measurement parameter within a period of time, obtain the second value, and perform the relaxation measurement according to the second value. If the second value is less than or equal to the third value, the energy saving effect of the terminal can be gradually improved, and then the communication performance of the terminal can be reduced.
在可能的实现方式中,放松测量包括RRM放松测量或无线电链路监视(radio link monitoring,RLM)放松测量。In a possible implementation manner, the relaxation measurement includes RRM relaxation measurement or radio link monitoring (RLM) relaxation measurement.
在可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:终端接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示目标放松测量策略。该方案,终端基于网络设备的指示确定目标放松测量策略。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal receives instruction information from the network device, and the instruction information is used to instruct the target to relax the measurement strategy. In this solution, the terminal determines the target relaxation measurement strategy based on the instructions of the network device.
网络设备通过指示信息可直接指示目标放松测量策略,也可间接指示目标放松测量策略,示例性的:The network device can directly indicate the target relaxation measurement strategy through the instruction information, or indirectly indicate the target relaxation measurement strategy, for example:
直接指示方式一、该指示信息包括测量参数,所述测量参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种:测量间隔,待测小区的个数,待测小区的待测频点个数。该方案,网络设备直接指示终端按照测量参数进行放松测量,简单直接。Direct indication method 1: The indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested of the cells to be tested. In this solution, the network device directly instructs the terminal to perform the relaxation measurement according to the measurement parameters, which is simple and direct.
直接指示方式二、指示信息用于指示多种放松测量策略,目标放松测量策略为这多种放松测量策略中的一种或多种。该方案,网络设备可直接指示预定义的多种放松测量策略,可降低信令开销。Direct indication mode 2: The indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of these multiple relaxation measurement strategies. In this solution, the network device can directly instruct multiple predefined relaxation measurement strategies, which can reduce signaling overhead.
进一步地,指示信息还用于指示终端在从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景 的情况下,执行所述目标放松测量策略。该方案,对网络设备发送指示信息的时间不作限制,例如网络设备可在终端在从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景之前发送指示信息。Further, the instruction information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene. In this solution, there is no restriction on the time for the network device to send the instruction information. For example, the network device may send the instruction information before the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario.
间接指示方式,指示信息包括终端切换放松测量策略所依据的切换准则,所述切换准则与所述目标放松测量策略对应,其中,所述切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,所述第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,所述第二准则指示优先保证通信质量。该方案,通过切换准则间接指示目标放松测量策略。In an indirect indication mode, the indication information includes a switching criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, the switching criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the switching criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion, and the first criterion is the first criterion or the second criterion. The criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality. This scheme indirectly instructs the target to relax the measurement strategy through the switching criterion.
示例性的,指示信息包括m比特信息,m大于或等于1;或者,指示信息包括终端业务的优先级。即通过m比特信息指示切换准则或者通过终端业务的优先级指示切换准则,较为灵活。Exemplarily, the indication information includes m-bit information, and m is greater than or equal to 1; or, the indication information includes the priority of the terminal service. That is, the switching criterion is indicated by m-bit information or the switching criterion is indicated by the priority of the terminal service, which is more flexible.
在可能的实现方式中,终端可根据切换准则,确定目标放松测量策略,更加满足自身实际的需求。例如优先考虑节能需求,那么可选择与第一准则对应的放松测量策略,或者优先保证通信质量,那么可选择与第二准则对应的放松测量策略。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal can determine the target relaxation measurement strategy according to the handover criterion, so as to better meet its own actual needs. For example, if the energy saving requirement is given priority, then the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the first criterion can be selected, or the communication quality is guaranteed first, then the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second criterion can be selected.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种放松测量方法,该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持该网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片系统。下面以第二通信装置是网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:In the second aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a relaxation measurement method, which can be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, For example, chip system. In the following, the second communication device is a network device as an example for description. The method includes:
网络设备确定指示信息,以及向终端发送该指示信息,该指示信息用于指示终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景后,执行放松测量所要使用的目标放松测量策略。该方案,针对终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景的情况,为终端指示目标放松测量策略,使得终端明确使用何种放松测量策略执行放松测量。The network device determines the instruction information and sends the instruction information to the terminal. The instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy to be used for the relaxation measurement after switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene. In this solution, for the case where the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, the target relaxation measurement strategy is instructed for the terminal, so that the terminal clarifies which relaxation measurement strategy is used to perform the relaxation measurement.
在可能的实现方式中,网络设备通过指示信息可直接指示目标放松测量策略,也可间接指示目标放松测量策略,示例性的:In a possible implementation manner, the network device can directly indicate the target relaxation measurement strategy through the indication information, or indirectly indicate the target relaxation measurement strategy, for example:
直接指示方式一、该指示信息包括测量参数,所述测量参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种:测量间隔,待测小区的个数,待测小区的待测频点个数。该方案,网络设备直接指示终端按照测量参数进行放松测量,简单直接。Direct indication method 1: The indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested of the cells to be tested. In this solution, the network device directly instructs the terminal to perform the relaxation measurement according to the measurement parameters, which is simple and direct.
直接指示方式二、指示信息用于指示多种放松测量策略,目标放松测量策略为这多种放松测量策略中的一种或多种。该方案,网络设备可直接指示预定义的多种放松测量策略,可降低信令开销。Direct indication mode 2: The indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of these multiple relaxation measurement strategies. In this solution, the network device can directly instruct multiple predefined relaxation measurement strategies, which can reduce signaling overhead.
进一步地,指示信息还用于指示终端在从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景的情况下,执行所述目标放松测量策略。该方案,对网络设备发送指示信息的时间不作限制,例如网络设备可在终端在从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景之前发送指示信息。Further, the instruction information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene. In this solution, there is no restriction on the time for the network device to send the instruction information. For example, the network device may send the instruction information before the terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario.
间接指示方式,指示信息包括终端切换放松测量策略所依据的切换准则,所述切换准则与所述目标放松测量策略对应,其中,所述切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,所述第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,所述第二准则指示优先保证通信质量。该方案,通过切换准则间接指示目标放松测量策略。In an indirect indication mode, the indication information includes a switching criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, the switching criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the switching criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion, and the first criterion is the first criterion or the second criterion. The criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality. This scheme indirectly instructs the target to relax the measurement strategy through the switching criterion.
示例性的,指示信息包括m比特信息,m大于或等于1;或者,指示信息包括终端业务的优先级。即通过m比特信息指示切换准则或者通过终端业务的优先级指示切换准则,较为灵活。Exemplarily, the indication information includes m-bit information, and m is greater than or equal to 1; or, the indication information includes the priority of the terminal service. That is, the switching criterion is indicated by m-bit information or the switching criterion is indicated by the priority of the terminal service, which is more flexible.
在可能的实现方式中,终端可根据切换准则,确定目标放松测量策略,更加满足自身 实际的需求。例如优先考虑节能需求,那么可选择与第一准则对应的放松测量策略,或者优先保证通信质量,那么可选择与第二准则对应的放松测量策略。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal can determine the target relaxation measurement strategy according to the handover criterion to better meet its own actual needs. For example, if the energy saving requirement is given priority, then the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the first criterion can be selected, or the communication quality is guaranteed first, then the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second criterion can be selected.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,有益效果可以参见第一方面描述,在此不再赘述,该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,In a third aspect, a communication device is provided. For beneficial effects, reference may be made to the description in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here. The communication device has the function of realizing the behavior in the method embodiment of the first aspect. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein:
所述处理模块,用于从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景,以及采用目标放松测量策略,执行放松测量,其中,一种放松测量场景对应一种放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略包括与所述第二放松测量场景对应的放松测量策略;The processing module is configured to switch from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene, and adopt a target relaxation measurement strategy to perform relaxation measurement, wherein one relaxation measurement scene corresponds to a relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation The measurement strategy includes a relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second relaxation measurement scenario;
所述收发模块,用于与其他通信设备进行通信。The transceiver module is used to communicate with other communication devices.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量场景对应第一放松测量策略,第二放松测量场景对应第二放松测量策略,目标放松测量策略包括从第一放松测量策略切换到第二放松测量策略。In a possible implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy, the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy includes switching from the first relaxation measurement strategy to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗高于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。In a possible implementation manner, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量场景对应第一放松测量策略,第二放松测量场景对应第二放松测量策略,目标放松测量策略包括在第一预设时长内执行第三放松测量策略,在所述第一预设时长之后,执行第二放松测量策略。In a possible implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy, the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy includes executing the third relaxation measurement strategy within the first preset time period, After the first preset duration, a second relaxation measurement strategy is executed.
在可能的实现方式中,第三放松测量策略包括所述第一放松测量策略;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the third relaxation measurement strategy includes the first relaxation measurement strategy; or,
第三放松测量策略包括按照预设的至少一种测量参数执行放松测量,其中,所述至少一种测量参数包括如下参数的一种或多种:测量间隔、待测邻区的个数、待测邻区的待测频点的个数。The third relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter, where the at least one measurement parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, number of neighboring cells to be measured, and Measure the number of frequency points to be measured in the neighboring area.
在可能的实现方式中,按照预设的至少一种测量参数执行放松测量,包括:In a possible implementation manner, performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter includes:
按照第一测量参数的第一取值执行放松测量;或者,Perform relaxation measurement according to the first value of the first measurement parameter; or,
按照第一测量参数的第二取值执行放松测量,其中,所述第二取值是按照预设规则调整所述第一取值获得的;Performing relaxation measurement according to a second value of the first measurement parameter, wherein the second value is obtained by adjusting the first value according to a preset rule;
其中,所述第一测量参数为所述至少一种测量参数中的任意一种测量参数,第一取值为预设的所述第一测量参数的初始取值。Wherein, the first measurement parameter is any one of the at least one measurement parameter, and the first value is a preset initial value of the first measurement parameter.
在可能的实现方式中,所述预设规则包括按照调整因子,依次递减所述第一取值;或者,所述预设规则包括按照调整因子,依次递增所述第一取值。In a possible implementation manner, the preset rule includes sequentially decreasing the first value according to the adjustment factor; or, the preset rule includes sequentially increasing the first value according to the adjustment factor.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗低于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。In a possible implementation manner, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第三取值执行放松测量,第二放松测量策略包括按照所述第一测量参数的第四取值执行放松测量;其中,第一取值大于第二取值,第一取值大于第四取值,且第二取值大于或等于第四取值。In a possible implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter, and the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter; wherein , The first value is greater than the second value, the first value is greater than the fourth value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the fourth value.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘且终端的移动速度低于预设阈值,第二放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘或者终端的移动速度低于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold, and the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗高于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。In a possible implementation manner, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第三取值执行放松 测量,第二放松测量策略包括按照所述第一测量参数的第四取值执行放松测量;其中,In a possible implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter, and the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter; wherein ,
第一取值大于第二取值,且第一取值大于第三取值,且第二取值大于或等于第三取值;或者,The first value is greater than the second value, and the first value is greater than the third value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the third value; or,
第一取值小于第二取值,且第一取值小于第三取值,且第二取值小于或等于第三取值。The first value is less than the second value, and the first value is less than the third value, and the second value is less than or equal to the third value.
在可能的实现方式中,第一放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘或者终端的移动速度低于预设阈值,第二放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘且终端的移动速度低于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold, and the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold.
在可能的实现方式中,放松测量包括RRM放松测量或RLM放松测量。In possible implementations, the relaxation measurement includes RRM relaxation measurement or RLM relaxation measurement.
在可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示所述目标放松测量策略。Receive instruction information from the network device, where the instruction information is used to instruct the target to relax the measurement strategy.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包括测量参数,所述测量参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种:测量间隔,待测小区的个数,待测小区的待测频点个数。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested of the cells to be tested.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息用于指示多种放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略为所述多种放松测量策略中的一种或多种。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息还用于指示终端在从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景的情况下,执行所述目标放松测量策略。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包括终端切换放松测量策略所依据的切换准则,所述切换准则与所述目标放松测量策略对应,其中,切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,第二准则指示优先保证通信质量。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy. The handover criterion includes the first criterion or the second criterion. The criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包括m比特信息,所述m大于或等于1;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
该指示信息包括终端业务的优先级。The indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
在可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块还用于:根据切换准则,确定所述目标放松测量策略,其中,所述切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,所述第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,所述第二准则指示优先保证通信质量。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module is further configured to: determine the target relaxation measurement strategy according to a handover criterion, wherein the handover criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion, and the first criterion indicates priority saving For the energy consumption of the terminal, the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
关于第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对第一方面、第一方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the first aspect and various possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现上述第二方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理模块和收发模块,其中,In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device has a function of realizing the behavior in the method example of the second aspect. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein:
所述处理模块,用于确定指示信息,该指示信息用于指示终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景后,执行放松测量所要使用的目标放松测量策略;The processing module is configured to determine instruction information, which is used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy to be used for the relaxation measurement after switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene;
所述收发模块,用于向终端发送所述指示信息。The transceiver module is used to send the instruction information to the terminal.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包括测量参数,所述测量参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种:测量间隔,待测小区的个数,待测小区的待测频点个数。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested of the cells to be tested.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息用于指示多种放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略为所述多种放松测量策略中的一种或多种。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息还用于指示终端在从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景的情况下,执行所述目标放松测量策略。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包括终端切换放松测量策略所依据的切换准则,所述切换准则与所述目标放松测量策略对应,其中,切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,第 一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,第二准则指示优先保证通信质量。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy. The handover criterion includes the first criterion or the second criterion. The criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
在可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包括m比特信息,所述m大于或等于1;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
该指示信息包括终端业务的优先级。The indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
关于第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对第二方面、第二方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the fourth aspect or various possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the second aspect and various possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述实施例中第三方面或第四方面中的通信装置,或者为设置在第三方面或第四方面中的通信装置中的芯片。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器,可选的,还包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令或者数据,处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合,当处理电路读取所述计算机程序或指令或数据时,使通信装置执行上述方法实施例中由终端或网络设备所执行的方法。In the fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication device. The communication device may be the communication device in the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the above-mentioned embodiments, or the communication device provided in the third aspect or the fourth aspect In the chip. The communication device includes a communication interface, a processor, and optionally, a memory. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions or data, and the processor is coupled with the memory and a communication interface. When the processing circuit reads the computer programs or instructions or data, the communication device executes the above-mentioned method embodiments. The method performed by the network device.
应理解,该通信接口可以是通信装置中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的逻辑电路、发送电路和接收电路等实现,或者,如果通信装置为设置在设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。该收发器用于该通信装置与其它设备进行通信。示例性地,当该通信装置为终端时,该其它设备为网络设备;或者,当该通信装置为网络设备时,该其它设备为终端。It should be understood that the communication interface may be a transceiver in a communication device, for example, implemented by a logic circuit, a sending circuit, and a receiving circuit in the communication device, or if the communication device is a chip set in a device, the communication interface It can be the input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins. The transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device is a terminal, the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器和收发器。可选的,还包括存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序或指令,当所述处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述第一方面至第二方面任一种通信方法中的任一种实施方式。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a processor and a transceiver. Optionally, it also includes a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instruction from the memory, when the processor executes the computer program or instruction in the memory, so that The communication device executes any one of the above-mentioned communication methods from the first aspect to the second aspect.
在可能的设计中,处理器为一个或多个,存储器为一个或多个。存储器可与处理器集成在一起,也可以独立于处理器设置。收发器可以包括相互耦合的发送器和接收器。In a possible design, there are one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory can be integrated with the processor, or can be set independently of the processor. The transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver coupled to each other.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述第一方面至第二方面任一方面,以及第一方面至第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法被实现。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that any one of the first aspect to the second aspect, and any one of the first aspect to the second aspect is possible The method in the implementation mode is implemented.
在具体实现过程中,上述通信装置可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发送器并由发送器发送的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the above-mentioned communication device may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and sent by the transmitter, and the input circuit and output The circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现第三方面至第七方面中的通信装置执行的方法。在一种可能的实现方式中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,用于保存程序指令和/或数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, configured to implement the methods executed by the communication device in the third aspect to the seventh aspect. In a possible implementation manner, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括执行第一方面和第二方面提供的方法的一个或多个通信装置。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, the communication system including one or more communication devices that execute the methods provided in the first aspect and the second aspect.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当该计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面 任一种实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program (also referred to as code or instructions), and when the computer program is executed, the computer executes the above-mentioned first On the one hand, the method in any possible implementation manner, or the computer is caused to execute the method in any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面任一种实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspects. The method in one possible implementation manner, or the computer is allowed to execute the method in any one of the foregoing implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
上述第三方面至第十一方面及其实现方式的有益效果可以参考对第一方面或第二方面的方法及其实现方式的有益效果的描述。For the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned third aspect to the eleventh aspect and the implementation manners thereof, reference may be made to the description of the beneficial effects of the method of the first aspect or the second aspect and the implementation manners thereof.
本申请实施例提供的放松测量方法,针对终端在测量场景切换后,明确终端所要采用的放松测量的策略,以兼顾终端的功耗需求和通信性能的需求。The relaxation measurement method provided by the embodiment of the present application is aimed at clarifying the relaxation measurement strategy to be adopted by the terminal after the measurement scene is switched, so as to take into account the power consumption requirements of the terminal and the communication performance requirements of the terminal.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
图2为本申请实施例提供的UE的RRC状态转换示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the RRC state transition of the UE according to an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的UE在多个小区之间移动的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a UE moving between multiple cells according to an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的gap的配置示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the configuration of a gap provided by an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的无线资源管理测量方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless resource management measurement method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的又一种结构示意图;FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的又一种结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another structure of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention.
为了便于本领域技术人员的理解,在介绍本申请之前,首先对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行简单解释说明。In order to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art, before introducing the present application, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be briefly explained.
下文所描述的本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于如图1所示的通信系统,该通信系统可以包括网络侧设备和与网络侧设备通信的用户设备(user equipment,UE)。图1是该通信系统的一个例子,图1所示的通信系统包括一个网络侧设备和与其通信的1个用户设备,实际上该通信系统可以包括多个用户设备,本申请实施例对此不作限制。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application described below may be applied to the communication system as shown in FIG. 1, and the communication system may include a network-side device and a user equipment (UE) that communicates with the network-side device. Fig. 1 is an example of the communication system. The communication system shown in Fig. 1 includes a network-side device and a user equipment communicating with it. In fact, the communication system may include multiple user equipments. limit.
其中,网络侧设备可以是能和用户设备通信的设备,也称为网络设备。网络设备可以是接入网设备,接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备,是一种为终端设备提供无线通信功能的设备。接入网设备例如包括但不限于:5G中的下一代基站(generation nodeB,gNB)、演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、收发点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、未来移动通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入点等。接入网设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或分布单元(distributed unit,DU),或者网络设备可以为中继站、车载设备以及 未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等。Among them, the network-side device may be a device that can communicate with user equipment, and is also referred to as a network device. The network device may be an access network device, and the access network device may also be called a radio access network (RAN) device, which is a device that provides wireless communication functions for terminal devices. The access network equipment includes, but is not limited to: next-generation base stations (generation nodeB, gNB) in 5G, evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), baseband unit (BBU), and transmitting and receiving points. point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access point in the WiFi system, etc. The access network equipment can also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU), and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or a network The equipment can be a relay station, a vehicle-mounted device, and a network device in the PLMN network that will evolve in the future.
用户设备,也称为终端装置或者终端,又或者终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端装置可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端装置可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端装置、移动终端装置、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端装置、V2X终端装置、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端装置、物联网(internet of things,IoT)终端装置、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、飞行器(如无人机、热气球、民航客机等)或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端装置的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。User equipment, also called terminal device or terminal, or terminal equipment, includes equipment that provides users with voice and/or data connectivity. For example, it may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function or a processing device connected to a wireless modem . The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal device may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal devices, mobile terminal devices, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal devices, V2X terminal devices, machine-to-machine/machine-type communication ( machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC) terminal devices, Internet of things (IoT) terminal devices, subscriber units, subscriber stations, mobile stations , Remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), aircraft (such as UAV, hot air balloon, civil aviation passenger aircraft, etc.) or user device (user device), etc. For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminal devices, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, and computer-built mobile devices. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants, PDA), and other equipment. It also includes restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,放置或安装在车辆上的车载装置还可以包括可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, the in-vehicle device placed or installed on the vehicle may also include a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
此外,本申请实施例还可以适用于面向未来的其他通信技术。本申请描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请的技术方案,并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。In addition, the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to other future-oriented communication technologies. The network architecture and business scenarios described in this application are intended to explain the technical solutions of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture and new business scenarios The technical solutions provided in this application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
相较于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统只有RRC_idle和RRC_connected两种RRC状态,新无线(new radio,NR)系统引入了一个新状态(RRC_inactive),用以满足低时延低功耗的需求。即NR系统支持RRC支持三种状态,这三种状态分别为连接RRC_connected态,RRC_inactive态,RRC_idle态。这三种状态之间的转换如图2所示,UE处于RRC_idle可以建立RRC连接,转至RRC_connected态,并通过释放RRC连接回退至RRC_idle态。当处于RRC_connected态的UE处于低需求状态时,可以延迟释放RRC连接转至RRC_inactive态,并通过释放RRC连接回退至RRC_idle态。根据终端与网络设备之间RRC状态的不同,终端而可处于RRC_idle态或RRC_inactive态或RRC_connected态。Compared with the long term evolution (LTE) system, there are only two RRC states, RRC_idle and RRC_connected. The new radio (NR) system introduces a new state (RRC_inactive) to meet the requirements of low latency and low power consumption. need. That is, the NR system supports RRC to support three states, which are connected RRC_connected state, RRC_inactive state, and RRC_idle state. The transition between these three states is shown in Figure 2. The UE can establish an RRC connection in RRC_idle, switch to the RRC_connected state, and return to the RRC_idle state by releasing the RRC connection. When the UE in the RRC_connected state is in the low demand state, the release of the RRC connection can be delayed to switch to the RRC_inactive state, and the RRC connection can be released to return to the RRC_idle state. According to the difference in the RRC state between the terminal and the network device, the terminal may be in the RRC_idle state, the RRC_inactive state, or the RRC_connected state.
如图3所示为终端在小区1、小区2、小区3移动的示意图,由于终端的移动性,终端可能从一个小区的覆盖范围移动到另一个小区的覆盖范围。为了保证终端的业务连续性和通信质量,需要终端进行小区重选(reselection)或者小区切换(handover)。终端通过在具有不同的覆盖范围的小区间重选和切换,从而获得无线网络持续不断的服务。小区重选和小区切换都需要终端进行RRM测量,终端通过RRM测量来确定是否在某个小区覆盖范围内,以及接收来自多个网络设备发送的参考信号,根据该参考信号的功率完成小区重选或小区切换。Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of the terminal moving in cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3. Due to the mobility of the terminal, the terminal may move from the coverage area of one cell to the coverage area of another cell. In order to ensure the service continuity and communication quality of the terminal, the terminal is required to perform cell reselection (reselection) or cell handover (handover). The terminal obtains the continuous service of the wireless network by reselecting and switching between cells with different coverage areas. Both cell reselection and cell handover require the terminal to perform RRM measurement. The terminal uses RRM measurement to determine whether it is within the coverage of a certain cell, and receives reference signals sent from multiple network devices, and completes cell reselection based on the power of the reference signal Or cell handover.
小区重选主要由终端自身实现,终端在满足一定的触发条件和接入准则之后,完成小区重选。而小区切换需要网络设备为终端配置RRM测量参数以及根据终端的反馈来配置终端。终端在RRM测量结果满足一定条件,将触发测量事件的上报。网络设备在接收到终端的上报后,可以向终端发送切换命令,指示终端将从一个小区切换到另一个小区。The cell reselection is mainly implemented by the terminal itself, and the terminal completes the cell reselection after meeting certain trigger conditions and access criteria. The cell handover requires the network equipment to configure RRM measurement parameters for the terminal and configure the terminal according to the feedback of the terminal. When the RRM measurement result of the terminal meets certain conditions, the report of the measurement event will be triggered. After receiving the report from the terminal, the network device can send a handover command to the terminal, instructing the terminal to switch from one cell to another.
RRM测量的目的是实现资源的管理分配,RRM测量的种类包括同频测量、异频/异系统测量。同频测量包括测量当前服务小区同一频带下的其他频点和与服务小区支持的频段的中心频点相同的邻区频点;异频测量也就是测量与服务小区支持的频段的中心频段不相同的邻区频点;异系统测量也就是测量与服务小区不在同一个系统的邻区频点。当终端处于RRC_idle态或RRC_inactive态,终端和网络设备之间没有RRC连接。当终端驻留的小区(在本文中,也称为服务小区)的信号质量低于一定门限时,终端根据网络设备在系统消息中配置的同频、异频和/或异系统邻区信息,测量服务小区和与服务小区相邻的小区(在本文中,也称为邻区)邻区的信号质量,判断邻区的信号质量是否满足小区重选条件。如果邻区的信号质量满足小区重选条件,则终端在邻区驻留。当终端处于RRC_connected态,终端和网络设备之间存在RRC连接,网络设备通过RRC信令配置终端进行同频、异频和/或异系统邻区测量。终端将服务小区和邻区的信号质量测量结果通过RRC信令上报网络设备,网络设备再根据当终端处于测量结果将终端切换到信号质量更好的小区上。因此无论是RRC_idle态和RRC_inactive态的小区重选,还是RRC_connected态的小区切换,都是基于终端对服务小区和邻区的信号质量测量结果。The purpose of RRM measurement is to realize the management and allocation of resources. The types of RRM measurement include intra-frequency measurement and inter-frequency/different system measurement. Co-frequency measurement includes measuring other frequency points in the same frequency band of the current serving cell and adjacent cell frequency points that are the same as the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell; inter-frequency measurement means that the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell is different from the center frequency of the frequency band supported by the serving cell. Adjacent cell frequency; different system measurement is to measure the adjacent cell frequency that is not in the same system as the serving cell. When the terminal is in the RRC_idle state or the RRC_inactive state, there is no RRC connection between the terminal and the network device. When the signal quality of the cell where the terminal resides (also referred to as the serving cell in this article) is lower than a certain threshold, the terminal according to the same frequency, different frequency and/or different system neighboring cell information configured by the network device in the system message, Measure the signal quality of the serving cell and the neighboring cell of the cell adjacent to the serving cell (also referred to as the neighboring cell in this article), and determine whether the signal quality of the neighboring cell meets the cell reselection condition. If the signal quality of the neighboring cell meets the cell reselection condition, the terminal stays in the neighboring cell. When the terminal is in the RRC_connected state, there is an RRC connection between the terminal and the network device, and the network device configures the terminal to perform intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and/or different system neighbor cell measurements through RRC signaling. The terminal reports the signal quality measurement results of the serving cell and neighboring cells to the network device through RRC signaling, and the network device switches the terminal to a cell with better signal quality according to the measurement result when the terminal is in. Therefore, whether it is the cell reselection in the RRC_idle state and the RRC_inactive state, or the cell handover in the RRC_connected state, it is based on the terminal's signal quality measurement results of the serving cell and neighboring cells.
对于连接态的异频和/或异系统邻区测量,根据终端的能力,终端可以采用需要间隙(gap)测量的测量方式,也可以采用不需要gap测量的测量方式对异频和/或异系统邻区进行测量。如果终端有多套射频通路,能够支持在服务小区上收发信号时同时在异频或异系统邻区上接收信号,则终端支持不需要gap测量的测量方式测量异频或异系统邻区的信号;否则,终端采用需要gap测量的测量方式测量异频或异系统邻区的信号。终端在gap内停止服务小区上的信号收发,将射频通路调整至异频或异系统频点上,接收异频或异系统邻区的信号。网络设备通过RRC信令半静态配置gap。For inter-frequency and/or inter-system adjacent cell measurement in the connected state, depending on the terminal's capabilities, the terminal can use a measurement method that requires gap measurement, or a measurement method that does not require gap measurement for inter-frequency and/or inter-frequency measurement. Measure in the neighborhood of the system. If the terminal has multiple sets of radio frequency channels that can support receiving signals on different frequencies or neighboring cells of different systems at the same time when transmitting and receiving signals on the serving cell, the terminal supports measurement methods that do not require gap measurement to measure signals of different frequencies or neighboring cells of different systems. ; Otherwise, the terminal adopts the measurement method that requires gap measurement to measure signals of different frequencies or neighboring cells of different systems. The terminal stops the signal transmission and reception on the serving cell in the gap, adjusts the radio frequency path to the different frequency or the different system frequency point, and receives the signals of the different frequency or the neighboring cell of the different system. The network device configures the gap semi-statically through RRC signaling.
请参见图4,为gap的一种配置示意,主要由3个参数构成,这3个参数分别是测量时隙重复周期(measurement gap repetition period,MGRP),用于配置gap周期;测量时隙长度(measurement gap length,MGL),用于配置gap的长度;测量偏移(gapOffset),用于配置gap的起始位置。根据这3个参数,可确定gap起始在满足以下条件的系统帧号(system frame number,SFN)和子帧(subframe)上:Please refer to Figure 4, which is a configuration diagram of gap, which is mainly composed of three parameters. These three parameters are measurement gap repetition period (MGRP), which are used to configure the gap period; measure the length of the time slot. The measurement gap length (MGL) is used to configure the length of the gap; the measurement offset (gapOffset) is used to configure the starting position of the gap. According to these three parameters, it can be determined that the gap starts at the system frame number (SFN) and subframe (subframe) that meet the following conditions:
SFN mod T=FLOOR(gapOffset/10);SFN mod T=FLOOR(gapOffset/10);
subframe=gapOffset mod 10;subframe=gapOffset mod 10;
T=MGRP/10;T=MGRP/10;
以上SFN和subframe为主小区(primary cell,PCell)的SFN和subframe。MGL最大为6ms。The above SFN and subframe are the SFN and subframe of the primary cell (primary cell, PCell). The maximum MGL is 6ms.
对于RRC_idle态和RRC_inactive态的异频和/或异系统邻区测量,由于终端不需要在终端的服务小区上收发数据,因此可以不需要配置测量窗。For inter-frequency and/or inter-system neighbor cell measurement in the RRC_idle state and RRC_inactive state, since the terminal does not need to send and receive data on the serving cell of the terminal, there is no need to configure a measurement window.
对NR邻区的测量可基于同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block,SSB),但由于SSB信号设计的特殊性,若采用需要测量gap的测量方式执行连接态异频或异系统邻区测量),网络设备需要配置准确的gap位置,以包括邻区的SSB。The measurement of the NR neighbor cell can be based on the synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB), but due to the particularity of the SSB signal design, if the measurement method that needs to measure the gap is used to perform the connection state inter-frequency or different system neighbor cell measurement), the network The device needs to be configured with an accurate gap location to include the SSB of the neighboring cell.
准确的gap位置,需要测量gap的时域位置参考的是PCell的定时,而邻区SSB的时域位置是按邻区定时发送,为了配置正确的gap位置,网络设备需要知道PCell和NR邻区之间的定时偏差,从而确定NR邻区的SSB的SFN和子帧号对应PCell的SFN和子帧号。PCell和NR邻区之间的定时偏差可以通过终端的系统帧号和帧定时偏差(SFN and frame timing difference,SFTD)测量获得。SFTD测量结果包括SFN的偏差和帧边界的定时偏差。Accurate gap position, the time domain position of the measurement gap needs to refer to the PCell timing, and the time domain position of the neighboring cell SSB is sent at the neighboring cell timing. In order to configure the correct gap position, the network device needs to know the PCell and the NR neighboring cell Therefore, it is determined that the SFN and subframe number of the SSB of the adjacent cell of the NR correspond to the SFN and subframe number of the PCell. The timing deviation between PCell and NR neighboring cells can be obtained by measuring the system frame number of the terminal and the frame timing difference (SFN and frame timing difference, SFTD). SFTD measurement results include SFN deviation and frame boundary timing deviation.
目前协议上支持(EUTRA-NR Dual Connectivity,EUTRA-NR双连接),也称为EN-DC下的LTE PCell和NR PSCell之间的SFTD测量,支持(NR-EUTRA Dual Connectivity,NR-EUTRA双连接),也称为NE-DC下的NR PCell和LTE PSCell之间的SFTD测量,也支持(NR Dual Connectivity,NR双连接)也称为NR-DC下的NR PCell和NR PSCell之间的SFTD测量,以及支持非DC(Dual Connectivity,双连接)下的LTE PCell和NR邻区之间的SFTD测量。The current protocol supports (EUTRA-NR Dual Connectivity, EUTRA-NR dual connectivity), also known as SFTD measurement between LTE PCell and NR PSCell under EN-DC, and supports (NR-EUTRA Dual Connectivity, NR-EUTRA dual connectivity) ), also known as SFTD measurement between NR PCell and LTE PSCell under NE-DC, and also supports (NR Dual Connectivity, NR dual connectivity), also known as SFTD measurement between NR PCell and NR PSCell under NR-DC , And supports SFTD measurement between LTE PCell and NR neighbor cells under non-DC (Dual Connectivity).
SFTD测量时,终端需要接收PCell之外的另一被测小区的信号,以获取该小区的定时信息。在DC下,由于终端能够支持在PCell和PSCell上同时工作,知道任意时刻PCell和PSCell的定时信息,因此SFTD测量不会存在困难。而非DC下LTE PCell和NR邻区之间的SFTD测量,如果终端的射频通路不支持在PCell上收发信号的同时,在NR邻区上接收信号,则SFTD测量存在一定困难。为此,目前协议支持以下两种方式:需要gap的SFTD测量和连接态非连续接收(connected discontinuous reception,CDRX)非激活期的SFTD测量。During SFTD measurement, the terminal needs to receive a signal from another cell under test other than the PCell to obtain the timing information of the cell. In DC, since the terminal can support simultaneous work on PCell and PSCell and know the timing information of PCell and PSCell at any time, there will be no difficulty in SFTD measurement. For SFTD measurement between LTE PCell and NR neighboring cell under non-DC, if the radio frequency path of the terminal does not support receiving and sending signals on PCell while receiving signals on NR neighboring cell, SFTD measurement will be difficult. To this end, the current protocol supports the following two methods: SFTD measurement that requires gap and SFTD measurement in the inactive period of connected discontinuous reception (connected discontinuous reception, CDRX).
通常来说,终端在测量间隙(measurement gap)内,先探测其他小区的同步信号,根据其他小区的同步信号和其他小区取得同步,再对其他小区发送的参考信号进行相关测量,从而完成对其他小区的测量。但是测量gap内中断原服务区数据的接收和发送,会对吞吐量造成较大影响。有的终端可以支持很多不同频段的CA组合,具有多个接收通路,具备在不需要配置gap的情况下直接测量异频/异系统的能力。这样就可以不打断原服务区的数据传输,对终端原服务区的服务不造成影响。但是如果支持的频段、CA组合很多,需要测量的异频/异系统频段也很多,基于成本考虑,终端通常只能支持有限个数的频段组合,而不能支持所有频段组合下不需要测量gap测量异频/异系统。Generally speaking, in the measurement gap, the terminal first detects the synchronization signals of other cells, obtains synchronization with other cells based on the synchronization signals of other cells, and then performs related measurements on the reference signals sent by other cells, thereby completing other Measurement of the cell. However, interrupting the receiving and sending of data in the original service area in the measurement gap will have a greater impact on throughput. Some terminals can support CA combinations of many different frequency bands, have multiple receiving channels, and have the ability to directly measure different frequencies/systems without the need to configure gaps. In this way, the data transmission in the original service area is not interrupted, and the service in the original service area of the terminal is not affected. However, if the supported frequency bands and CA combinations are many, there are also many different frequency/different system frequency bands that need to be measured. Based on cost considerations, the terminal usually only supports a limited number of frequency band combinations, and cannot support all frequency band combinations without measuring gap measurement. Different frequency/different system.
例如在LTE系统中,可以通过信元“interFreqNeedForGaps”/“interRAT-NeedForGaps”在能力消息中的上报哪些测量频段组合需要测量gap,哪些测量频段组合不需要测量gap。其中,服务区的频带(band)由支持单band的信元“bandListEUTRA”指示或由支持CA的信元“bandCombinationListEUTRA”指示;目标测量异频band由信元“interFreqBandList”指示,目标测量异系统band由信元“interRAT-BandList”指示。通过1比特来指示服务区band/CA组合,测量异频频段或异频频段是否需要测量gap,例如1比特的取值为1(True)表示需 要gap测量,1比特的取值为0(False)表示不需要gap测量。For example, in the LTE system, the information element "interFreqNeedForGaps"/"interRAT-NeedForGaps" can be used to report in the capability message which measurement frequency band combinations need to measure gaps, and which measurement frequency band combinations do not need to measure gaps. Among them, the band of the service area is indicated by the cell "bandListEUTRA" that supports single band or the cell "bandCombinationListEUTRA" that supports CA; the target measurement inter-frequency band is indicated by the cell "interFreqBandList", and the target measurement inter-system band It is indicated by the cell "interRAT-BandList". 1 bit is used to indicate the band/CA combination of the service area and whether to measure the gap between different frequency bands or different frequency bands. For example, the value of 1 bit is 1 (True) means that gap measurement is required, and the value of 1 bit is 0 (False). ) Means that no gap measurement is required.
示例性的,如表1所示,为终端上报的测量能力的一种示意,网络设备可以根据表1确定测量时是否配置gap。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 1, it is an indication of the measurement capability reported by the terminal. The network device may determine whether to configure the gap during measurement according to Table 1.
表1-测量能力信息的示意Table 1-Schematic of measurement capability information
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000001
网络设备可以根据终端上报的测量能力,确定是否为终端配置测量的gap,从而终端根据网络设备的配置执行RRM测量。由于处于RRC_idle态和RRC_inactive态的终端周期性进行RRM测量,可以认为是该终端的功耗主要来源。但是在某些测量场景下,例如终端处于静止状态或者终端的移动速度较低时,没有必要频繁地进行RRM测量。因此为了降低终端的功耗,目前提出RRM放松测量的概念。终端在执行RRM放松测量时,终端可减少RRM测量的次数(例如增加RRM测量的周期),又例如终端可减少测量对象(例如终端减少要测量目标频点的数量,或者终端减少要测量的邻区的数量)。The network device can determine whether to configure the measurement gap for the terminal according to the measurement capability reported by the terminal, so that the terminal performs RRM measurement according to the configuration of the network device. Since the terminal in the RRC_idle state and the RRC_inactive state periodically performs RRM measurement, it can be considered as the main source of power consumption of the terminal. However, in some measurement scenarios, such as when the terminal is in a stationary state or the moving speed of the terminal is low, it is not necessary to perform RRM measurements frequently. Therefore, in order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal, the concept of RRM relaxation measurement is currently proposed. When the terminal performs RRM relaxation measurement, the terminal can reduce the number of RRM measurements (for example, increase the period of RRM measurement), and for example, the terminal can reduce the measurement objects (for example, the terminal reduces the number of target frequency points to be measured, or the terminal reduces the neighbors to be measured). The number of districts).
在一些实施例中,提出了终端在满足某些测量场景的情况下,可执行RRM放松测量。例如终端不在小区边缘,终端可不对邻区执行RRM测量;又例如终端低速度移动,终端可按照较长的测量间隔执行RRM测量。不同的测量场景,执行RRM放松测量的策略也有所不同。但是由于终端的移动性,终端可能会从一种测量场景切换到另一种测量场景,例如终端可能从小区中心移动到小区边缘,又例如终端的移动速度变快等。这就涉及到终端需求切换RRM放松测量的策略,但是针对终端在不同的测量场景切换后,终端如何进行RRM放松测量还没有进一步的方案。In some embodiments, it is proposed that the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement when certain measurement scenarios are satisfied. For example, if the terminal is not on the edge of a cell, the terminal may not perform RRM measurement on the neighboring cell; for another example, if the terminal moves at a low speed, the terminal may perform RRM measurement at a longer measurement interval. Different measurement scenarios have different strategies for implementing RRM relaxation measurement. However, due to the mobility of the terminal, the terminal may switch from one measurement scenario to another. For example, the terminal may move from the center of the cell to the edge of the cell, or the moving speed of the terminal becomes faster. This involves the terminal needs to switch the RRM relaxation measurement strategy, but there is no further solution for how the terminal performs the RRM relaxation measurement after the terminal switches in different measurement scenarios.
需要说明的是,在无线电链路监视(radio link monitoring,RLM)放松测量中,也涉及到终端切换监视场景,同样存在切换监测场景后,终端如何进行RLM放松测量还没有进一步的方案。It should be noted that in the radio link monitoring (RLM) relaxation measurement, the terminal switching monitoring scenario is also involved, and there is also no further solution for how the terminal performs the RLM relaxation measurement after the switching monitoring scenario exists.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供了一种放松测量方法,该方案针对终端在测量场景切换后,明确终端所要采用的放松测量的策略(在下文中,也称为放松测量策略),以兼顾终端的功耗需求和通信性能的需求。In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide a relaxation measurement method. The solution is aimed at clarifying the relaxation measurement strategy (hereinafter, also referred to as the relaxation measurement strategy) to be adopted by the terminal after the measurement scene is switched, so as to take into account the terminal's performance. Power consumption requirements and communication performance requirements.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以用于无线通信系统,例如4.5G系统或5G系统,以及基于LTE或者NR的进一步演进系统,以及未来的无线通信系统或其他类似的通信系统等。且,本申请实施例提供的技术方案可用于RRM测量,也可以用于RLM。应理解,当该技术方案用于RRM测量,那么本申请实施例提供的放松测量方法也可称为RRM放松测量方式;当该技术方案用于RLM测量,那么本申请实施例提供的放松测量方法也可称为 RLM放松测量方法。在不冲突的情况下,本申请实施例中的RRM都可以替换成RLM。下文以该技术方案应用于RRM测量为例,下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be used in wireless communication systems, such as 4.5G systems or 5G systems, and further evolution systems based on LTE or NR, as well as future wireless communication systems or other similar communication systems. In addition, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used for RRM measurement, and can also be used for RLM. It should be understood that when the technical solution is used for RRM measurement, the relaxation measurement method provided in the embodiment of this application can also be referred to as the RRM relaxation measurement method; when the technical solution is used for RLM measurement, then the relaxation measurement method provided in the embodiment of the application is It can also be called RLM relaxation measurement method. In the case of no conflict, the RRM in the embodiments of the present application can be replaced with RLM. Hereinafter, the application of the technical solution to RRM measurement is taken as an example, and the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供一种RRM测量方法,在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图1所示的网络架构为例。另外,该方法可由两个通信设备执行,这两个通信设备例如为第一通信装置和第二通信装置。其中,第一通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置(例如芯片系统),第一通信装置可以是终端或能够支持终端实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置(例如芯片系统)。对于第二通信装置也是同样,第二通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置(例如芯片系统),或者第二通信装置可以是终端或能够支持终端实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置(例如芯片系统)。且对于第一通信装置和第二通信装置的实现方式均不做限制,例如第一通信装置和第二通信装置都是终端,或者第一通信装置是终端,第二通信装置是能够支持终端实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,等等。其中,网络设备例如为基站。The embodiment of the present application provides an RRM measurement method. In the following introduction, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 as an example. In addition, the method can be executed by two communication devices, for example, the first communication device and the second communication device. Wherein, the first communication device may be a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to realize the functions required by the method, and the first communication device may be a terminal or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal to realize the functions required by the method. Communication device (such as chip system). The same is true for the second communication device. The second communication device may be a network device or a communication device (such as a chip system) capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the second communication device may be a terminal or capable of supporting terminal implementation A communication device (such as a chip system) with the functions required by the method. And there are no restrictions on the implementation of the first communication device and the second communication device. For example, the first communication device and the second communication device are both terminals, or the first communication device is a terminal, and the second communication device is capable of supporting terminal implementation. The function of the communication device required by the method, and so on. Among them, the network device is, for example, a base station.
请参考图5,为本申请实施例提供的RRM测量方法的流程图,在下文的介绍中,以该方法由网络设备和终端执行为例,也就是,以第一通信装置是终端、第二通信装置是网络设备为例。需要说明的是,本申请实施例只是以通过网络设备和终端执行为例,并不限制于这两种通信装置。Please refer to FIG. 5, which is a flowchart of the RRM measurement method provided by this embodiment of the application. The communication device is a network device as an example. It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application only take execution through network equipment and terminals as examples, and are not limited to these two communication devices.
S501、终端从第一RRM放松测量场景切换到第二RRM放松测量场景。S501: The terminal switches from the first RRM relaxation measurement scenario to the second RRM relaxation measurement scenario.
S502、终端执行目标RRM放松测量策略,该目标RRM放松测量策略包括与所述第二RRM放松测量场景对应的RRM放松测量策略。S502. The terminal executes a target RRM relaxation measurement strategy, where the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy includes an RRM relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second RRM relaxation measurement scenario.
RRM放松测量可以理解为终端在执行RRM放松测量时,终端可减少测量对象(例如减少测量目标频点的数量,减少待测量的邻区的数量);或者,终端可减少RRM测量的次数(例如延长测量间隔);又或者,终端减少测量对象以及减少RRM测量的次数,以尽量节约终端的功耗。RRM relaxation measurement can be understood as when the terminal performs RRM relaxation measurement, the terminal can reduce the measurement objects (for example, reduce the number of measurement target frequency points, reduce the number of neighboring cells to be measured); or, the terminal can reduce the number of RRM measurements (for example, Extend the measurement interval); or, the terminal reduces the measurement objects and reduces the number of RRM measurements, so as to save the power consumption of the terminal as much as possible.
RRM放松测量场景为适用于终端执行RRM放松测量的场景,换句话说,当终端满足这些测量场景中的某个测量场景,终端可执行RRM放松测量。下面列举了几种可能的RRM放松测量场景。The RRM relaxation measurement scenario is a scenario suitable for the terminal to perform RRM relaxation measurement. In other words, when the terminal satisfies a certain measurement scenario among these measurement scenarios, the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement. Several possible RRM relaxation measurement scenarios are listed below.
测量场景一、在设定时长内,终端的服务小区的信号质量变化不超过设定门限1,即终端静止或低速移动。这种场景下,服务小区和邻区的信号质量均比较稳定,将长时间保持在一定范围内,因此终端可以对服务小区执行RRM放松测量,也可以对邻区执行RRM放松测量。Measurement scenario 1: Within a set time period, the signal quality of the serving cell of the terminal does not exceed the set threshold 1, that is, the terminal is stationary or moving at a low speed. In this scenario, the signal quality of the serving cell and the neighboring cell are relatively stable and will remain within a certain range for a long time. Therefore, the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on the serving cell or the neighboring cell.
测量场景二、服务小区的信号质量高于设定门限2,即终端设备不在小区边缘。这种场景下,服务小区的信号质量较高,能够为终端提供稳定且较好的服务,因此,终端不需要重选到邻区上,可以对邻区执行RRM放松测量。Measurement scenario 2: The signal quality of the serving cell is higher than the set threshold 2, that is, the terminal device is not at the edge of the cell. In this scenario, the signal quality of the serving cell is high, and it can provide a stable and better service to the terminal. Therefore, the terminal does not need to be reselected to the neighboring cell, and the RRM relaxation measurement can be performed on the neighboring cell.
测量场景三、服务小区的信号质量高于设定门限2,且服务小区的信号质量变化不超过设定门限1,即终端不在小区边缘且终端静止或低速移动。这种场景下,服务小区的信号质量较高,能够为终端提供稳定且较好的服务,且服务小区和邻区的信号质量均比较稳定,将长时间保持在一定范围内,终端可以对服务小区执行RRM放松测量,不执行对邻区的RRM测量。Measurement scenario 3: The signal quality of the serving cell is higher than the set threshold 2, and the change of the signal quality of the serving cell does not exceed the set threshold 1, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the terminal is stationary or moving at a low speed. In this scenario, the signal quality of the serving cell is high, which can provide stable and better services to the terminal, and the signal quality of the serving cell and neighboring cells are relatively stable, and the signal quality will be kept within a certain range for a long time. The cell performs RRM relaxation measurement, and does not perform RRM measurement on neighboring cells.
虽然场景一和场景二下的RRM放松测量的方法,可以保障终端的小区覆盖。但是由 于终端的移动性,当终端可能会从一个测量场景切换到另一个测量场景,如果按照与切换后的测量场景对应的RRM放松测量方法,可能会存在一定的小区切换风险。例如当终端从场景一切换到场景二,也就是终端低速移动,远离小区边缘(即不在小区的边缘),如果终端会按照场景二的RRM放松测量的方法,对邻区执行RRM放松测量,这会导致终端设备长期不能重选到邻区上,最终影响了终端的通信性能。Although the RRM relaxation measurement method in scenario 1 and scenario 2 can guarantee the cell coverage of the terminal. However, due to the mobility of the terminal, when the terminal may switch from one measurement scene to another, if the measurement method is relaxed according to the RRM corresponding to the measurement scene after the handover, there may be a certain risk of cell handover. For example, when the terminal switches from scenario one to scenario two, that is, the terminal moves at a low speed and is far away from the edge of the cell (that is, not at the edge of the cell), if the terminal performs RRM relaxation measurement on the neighboring cell according to the method of scenario two RRM relaxation measurement, this is It will cause the terminal equipment to be unable to reselect to the neighboring cell for a long time, which will eventually affect the communication performance of the terminal.
鉴于此,本申请实施例可明确终端从一个RRM放松测量场景到另一个RRM放松测量场景所需要采用的RRM放松测量策略,终端根据该RRM放松测量策略执行RRM放松测量,可兼顾终端的能耗需求和通信性能需求。In view of this, the embodiment of the present application can clarify the RRM relaxation measurement strategy that the terminal needs to adopt from one RRM relaxation measurement scenario to another RRM relaxation measurement scenario, and the terminal performs RRM relaxation measurement according to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy, which can take into account the energy consumption of the terminal. Requirements and communication performance requirements.
存在多种RRM放松测量场景,例如上述的三种测量场景。也存在多种RRM放松测量策略,例如以第一测量间隔执行RRM放松测量,又例如不执行对邻区的RRM测量。不同的RRM放松测量场景对应的RRM放松测量策略也有所不同。示例性的,如下表2,一种RRM放松测量场景对应一种RRM放松测量策略。There are a variety of RRM relaxation measurement scenarios, such as the above three measurement scenarios. There are also a variety of RRM relaxation measurement strategies, such as performing RRM relaxation measurement at the first measurement interval, or for example not performing RRM measurement on neighboring cells. Different RRM relaxation measurement scenarios correspond to different RRM relaxation measurement strategies. Exemplarily, as shown in Table 2 below, one RRM relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to an RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000002
在表2中,策略1和策略2可能相同,例如第一测量间隔和第二测量间隔相同。或者在表2中,策略1和策略2也可能不同,例如第一测量间隔和第二测量间隔不同;或者,第一测量间隔和第二测量间隔相同,但是策略1测量的邻区的数量与策略2测量的邻区的数量不同;又或者,第一测量间隔和第二测量间隔相同,策略1测量的邻区的数量与策略2测量的邻区的数量相同,但是策略1对应测量邻区的频点的个数与策略2对应测量邻区的频点的个数不同。且需要说明的是,表2仅以测量间隔示意策略1-策略3,在一些实施例中,策略1-策略3分别可以是测量多个邻区执行RRM放松测量的策略。例如,策略1为测量L个邻区执行RRM放松测量的策略;策略2为测量P个邻区执行RRM放松测量的策略;策略1为测量Q个邻区执行RRM放松测量的策略,其中,L、P和Q均为正整数,且L、P和Q可能不同。在另一些实施例中,策略1-策略3分别可以是测量每个邻区的多个频点执行RRM放松测量的策略。例如,策略1为测量某个邻区的L个频点执行RRM放松测量的策略;策略2为测量某个邻区的P个频点执行RRM放松测量的策略;策略1为测量某个邻区的Q个频点执行RRM放松测量的策略,其中,L、P和Q均为正整数,且L、P和Q可能不同。应理解,本文中,执行RRM放松测量以测量邻区为例,但是不限于对服务小区执行RRM放松测量,或者对服务小区和邻区执行RRM放松测量。In Table 2, Strategy 1 and Strategy 2 may be the same, for example, the first measurement interval and the second measurement interval are the same. Or in Table 2, Strategy 1 and Strategy 2 may also be different, for example, the first measurement interval and the second measurement interval are different; or, the first measurement interval and the second measurement interval are the same, but the number of neighboring cells measured by Strategy 1 is the same as The number of neighbors measured by strategy 2 is different; or, the first measurement interval and the second measurement interval are the same, the number of neighbors measured by strategy 1 is the same as the number of neighbors measured by strategy 2, but strategy 1 corresponds to the measured neighbors The number of frequency points is different from the number of frequency points in the neighboring cell corresponding to strategy 2. Moreover, it should be noted that Table 2 only illustrates strategy 1 to strategy 3 with measurement intervals. In some embodiments, strategy 1 to strategy 3 may respectively be strategies for measuring multiple neighboring cells to perform RRM relaxation measurement. For example, strategy 1 is a strategy for measuring L neighboring cells to perform RRM relaxation measurement; strategy 2 is a strategy for measuring P neighboring cells performing RRM relaxation measurement; strategy 1 is a strategy for measuring Q neighboring cells performing RRM relaxation measurement, where L , P, and Q are all positive integers, and L, P, and Q may be different. In other embodiments, strategy 1 to strategy 3 may be strategies for measuring multiple frequency points of each neighboring cell to perform RRM relaxation measurement. For example, strategy 1 is to measure L frequency points of a neighboring cell to perform RRM relaxation measurement strategy; strategy 2 is to measure P frequency points of a neighboring cell to perform RRM relaxation measurement strategy; strategy 1 is to measure a neighboring cell The Q frequency points of the implementation of the RRM relaxation measurement strategy, where L, P, and Q are all positive integers, and L, P, and Q may be different. It should be understood that, in this article, the implementation of RRM relaxation measurement takes the neighboring cell measurement as an example, but it is not limited to performing RRM relaxation measurement on the serving cell, or performing RRM relaxation measurement on the serving cell and neighboring cells.
应理解,表2中,终端在测量场景三下,采用策略3执行RRM测量所消耗的能耗最低。也就是,测量场景三相较于测量场景一或测量场景二来说,是低能耗测量场景。即终端采用策略3执行RRM测量所消耗的能耗低于终端采用策略1或策略2执行RRM测量所消耗的能耗。而测量场景一相较于测量场景二来说,可能是低能耗测量场景,也可能是高 能耗测量场景。也就是终端采用策略1执行RRM测量所消耗的能耗可能大于或等于终端采用策略2执行RRM测量所消耗的能耗,也可能小于终端采用策略2执行RRM测量所消耗的能耗。It should be understood that in Table 2, in the third measurement scenario, the terminal uses strategy 3 to perform RRM measurement with the lowest energy consumption. That is, the measurement scene 3 is a low energy consumption measurement scene compared to the measurement scene 1 or the measurement scene 2. That is, the energy consumption of the terminal using strategy 3 to perform RRM measurement is lower than the energy consumption of the terminal using strategy 1 or strategy 2 to perform RRM measurement. Compared with the second measurement scenario, the measurement scenario 1 may be a low-power measurement scenario or a high-power measurement scenario. That is, the energy consumed by the terminal using strategy 1 to perform RRM measurement may be greater than or equal to the energy consumed by the terminal using strategy 2 to perform RRM measurement, or it may be less than the energy consumed by the terminal using strategy 2 to perform RRM measurement.
应理解,终端在测量场景一采用策略1(或者终端在测量场景二下采用策略2)执行RRM测量,相较于终端在测量场景三采用策略3来说,更能保证终端的通信性能。换句话说,测量场景三的通信性能最低,测量场景一的通信性能可能高于测量场景二的通信性能,也可能低于测量场景二的通信性能。It should be understood that the terminal adopts strategy 1 in the measurement scenario 1 (or the terminal adopts strategy 2 in the measurement scenario 2) to perform RRM measurement, compared to the terminal adopts the strategy 3 in the measurement scenario 3, which can better ensure the communication performance of the terminal. In other words, the communication performance of measurement scenario 3 is the lowest, and the communication performance of measurement scenario 1 may be higher than that of measurement scenario 2, or may be lower than that of measurement scenario 2.
另外,需要说明的是,表2仅以存在三种RRM放松测量场景,以及每种RRM放松测量场景对应一种RRM放松测量策略为例。但是本申请实施例对RRM放松测量场景的数量和RRM放松测量策略的数量不作限制。且下文的描述中,以RRM放松测量场景与RRM放松测量策略一一对应为例,即RRM放松测量场景M对应RRM放松测量策略M,RRM放松测量场景N对应RRM放松测量策略N,M和N不同。In addition, it should be noted that Table 2 only takes as an example that there are three RRM relaxation measurement scenarios, and each RRM relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to one RRM relaxation measurement strategy. However, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of RRM relaxation measurement scenarios and the number of RRM relaxation measurement strategies. And in the following description, take the one-to-one correspondence between the RRM relaxation measurement scenario and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy as an example, that is, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M corresponds to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M, and the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N corresponds to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N, M, and N. different.
应理解,当终端从一个RRM放松测量场景切换到另一个RRM放松测量场景,对应的RRM放松测量策略也需要调整。也就是,当终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N后,终端可执行目标RRM放松测量策略。It should be understood that when the terminal switches from one RRM relaxation measurement scenario to another RRM relaxation measurement scenario, the corresponding RRM relaxation measurement strategy also needs to be adjusted. That is, after the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, the terminal can execute the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
在本申请实施例中,目标RRM放松测量策略可以是与切换后的RRM放松测量场景N对应的一种RRM放松测量策略。如下表3所示,为RRM放松测量场景与RRM放松测量策略的一示例性的对应关系表。In the embodiment of the present application, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be an RRM relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N after the handover. As shown in Table 3 below, it is an exemplary correspondence table between RRM relaxation measurement scenarios and RRM relaxation measurement strategies.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000003
需要说明的是,表3中,RRM放松测量策略M是表1中与RRM放松测量场景M对应的策略,RRM放松测量策略N是表2中与RRM放松测量场景N对应的策略。表3仅列举了终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N后,与RRM放松测量场景N(也就是切换到的RRM放松测量场景)对应的4种可能的RRM放松测量策略。但是本申请实施例与切换到的RRM放松测量场景对应的RRM放松测量策略的种类和数量不作限制。例如终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N后,终端可在预设时长内按照正常的测量间隔执行RRM放松测量,在预设时长之后,执行RRM放松测量策略N等。应理解,这里正常的测量间隔是RRM放松测量对应的测量间隔是相对而言的,正常的测量间隔小于RRM放松测量对应的测量间隔。It should be noted that in Table 3, the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M is the strategy corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M in Table 1, and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N is the strategy corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N in Table 2. Table 3 only lists 4 possible RRM relaxation measurement strategies corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement scene N (that is, the switched RRM relaxation measurement scene) after the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scene M to the RRM relaxation measurement scene N. However, the types and numbers of RRM relaxation measurement strategies corresponding to the switched RRM relaxation measurement scenarios in the embodiment of the present application are not limited. For example, after the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, the terminal may perform the RRM relaxation measurement at a normal measurement interval within a preset time period, and execute the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N after the preset time period. It should be understood that the normal measurement interval here is that the measurement interval corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement is relatively speaking, and the normal measurement interval is smaller than the measurement interval corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement.
为了便于理解,下面结合终端具体的切换场景的不同情况,介绍RRM放松测量策略 具体的调整方法。在下文的介绍中,均以终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N为例。In order to facilitate understanding, the following describes the specific adjustment method of the RRM relaxation measurement strategy in combination with the different situations of the specific handover scenarios of the terminal. In the following introduction, the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N as an example.
在可能的实现方式一中,终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N,终端可直接从RRM放松测量策略M切换到RRM放松测量策略N,执行RRM放松测量。也就是目标RRM放松测量策略为与切换后的测量场景N对应的测量策略N。下面介绍几种测量场景切换的不同情况下,可能的目标RRM放松测量策略。In the first possible implementation manner, the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, and the terminal can directly switch from the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N to perform the RRM relaxation measurement. That is, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is the measurement strategy N corresponding to the measurement scene N after the handover. The following introduces the possible target RRM relaxation measurement strategy under different circumstances of several measurement scene switching.
第一示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景一、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景三,目标RRM放松测量策略可为前述的策略3。也就是,终端从高能耗测量场景切换到低能耗测量场景,终端可直接执行低能耗策略。换句话说,终端从高能耗测量场景切换到低能耗测量场景,终端从与高能耗测量场景对应的测量策略(本文中也可称为高能耗测量策略)切换到与低能耗测量场景对应的测量策略(本文中也可称为低能耗测量策略)。该方案可减少RRM测量的次数,最大节约终端的功耗。In the first example, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario one, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario three, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be the aforementioned strategy 3. That is, the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scene to a low energy consumption measurement scene, and the terminal can directly execute a low energy consumption strategy. In other words, the terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scenario to a low energy measurement scenario, and the terminal switches from a measurement strategy corresponding to a high energy consumption measurement scenario (also referred to as a high energy measurement strategy in this article) to a measurement corresponding to a low energy measurement scenario Strategies (also referred to as low energy consumption measurement strategies in this article). This solution can reduce the number of RRM measurements and save the power consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
当终端从测量场景一切换到测量场景三,也就是终端初始可能处于小区边缘,但是由于终端低速度移动,可能远离小区边缘,即最终终端不在小区边缘且终端低速移动。这种情况下,终端可直接执行策略3。由于策略3是不执行邻区的RRM测量,所以能够最大节约终端的功耗。When the terminal switches from measurement scenario 1 to measurement scenario 3, that is, the terminal may initially be at the edge of the cell, but because the terminal moves at a low speed, it may be far away from the edge of the cell, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the terminal moves at a low speed. In this case, the terminal can directly execute strategy 3. Since strategy 3 is not to perform the RRM measurement of the neighboring cell, it can save the power consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
第二示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景三、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景一,目标RRM放松测量策略可为前述的策略1。也就是,终端从低能耗测量场景切换到高能耗测量场景,终端可直接从低能耗测量策略切换到高能耗测量策略。该方案可最大保证终端的通信性能。In the second example, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 1, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be the aforementioned strategy 1. That is, the terminal switches from a low energy consumption measurement scene to a high energy consumption measurement scene, and the terminal can directly switch from a low energy consumption measurement strategy to a high energy consumption measurement strategy. This scheme can guarantee the communication performance of the terminal to the greatest extent.
当终端从测量场景一切换到测量场景三,也就是终端不在小区边缘,且终端低速度移动,经过一段时间,虽然该终端的移动速度还是较低,但是该终端可能处于小区边缘。这种情况下,终端可直接执行策略1。即及时对邻区执行RRM测量,所以能够最大保证终端的通信性能。When the terminal switches from measurement scenario 1 to measurement scenario 3, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell, and the terminal moves at a low speed, after a period of time, although the moving speed of the terminal is still low, the terminal may be at the edge of the cell. In this case, the terminal can directly execute strategy 1. That is, the RRM measurement is performed on the neighboring cell in time, so the communication performance of the terminal can be guaranteed to the maximum.
第三示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景二、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景三,目标RRM放松测量策略为前述的策略3。与第一示例类似,该方案也可减少RRM测量的次数,最大节约终端的功耗。In the third example, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario two, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario three, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is the aforementioned strategy 3. Similar to the first example, this solution can also reduce the number of RRM measurements and save the power consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
终端从测量场景二切换到测量场景三,也就是终端初始不在小区边缘,且终端的移动速度较快,之后终端的移动速度较低,但是最终终端还没有移动到小区边缘。这种情况下,终端可直接执行策略3。由于策略3是不执行邻区的RRM测量,所以能够最大节约终端的功耗。The terminal switches from measurement scenario 2 to measurement scenario 3, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell initially, and the moving speed of the terminal is faster, and then the moving speed of the terminal is lower, but the terminal has not moved to the edge of the cell in the end. In this case, the terminal can directly execute strategy 3. Since strategy 3 is not to perform the RRM measurement of the neighboring cell, it can save the power consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent.
第四示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景三、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景二,目标RRM放松测量策略为前述的策略2。与第二示例类似,该方案也可最大保证终端的通信性能。In the fourth example, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 2, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is the aforementioned strategy 2. Similar to the second example, this solution can also maximize the terminal's communication performance.
当终端从测量场景三切换到测量场景二,也就是终端不在小区边缘,且终端低速度移动,经过一段时间,虽然该终端的移动速度还是较低,但是该终端可能处于小区边缘。这种情况下,终端可直接执行策略2。即及时对邻区执行RRM测量,所以能够最大保证终端的通信性能。When the terminal switches from measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 2, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell, and the terminal moves at a low speed, after a period of time, although the moving speed of the terminal is still low, the terminal may be at the edge of the cell. In this case, the terminal can directly execute strategy 2. That is, the RRM measurement is performed on the neighboring cell in time, so the communication performance of the terminal can be guaranteed to the maximum.
第五示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景一、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景二。如果策略1相较于策略2需要耗费终端较多的能耗,那么目标RRM放 松测量策略可为策略2,以最大节约终端的能耗。如果策略1相较于策略2来说,更能保证终端的通信性能,那么目标RRM放松测量策略可为策略1,以最大保证终端的通信性能。In the fifth example, the RRM relaxation measurement scene M is the aforementioned measurement scene 1, and the RRM relaxation measurement scene N is the aforementioned measurement scene 2. If strategy 1 consumes more energy consumption of the terminal than strategy 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 2 to save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible. If strategy 1 can better guarantee the communication performance of the terminal than strategy 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 1 to maximize the communication performance of the terminal.
第六示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景二、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景一。如果策略2相较于策略1需要耗费终端较多的能耗,那么目标RRM放松测量策略为前述的策略1,以最大节约能耗。如果策略2相较于策略1来说,更能保证终端的通信性能,那么目标RRM放松测量策略可为策略2,以最大保证终端的通信性能。In the sixth example, the RRM relaxation measurement scene M is the aforementioned measurement scene two, and the RRM relaxation measurement scene N is the aforementioned measurement scene one. If strategy 2 needs to consume more energy consumption of the terminal compared to strategy 1, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is the aforementioned strategy 1, in order to save energy consumption as much as possible. If strategy 2 can better guarantee the communication performance of the terminal than strategy 1, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 2 to maximize the communication performance of the terminal.
在可能的实现方式二中,终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N后,终端在一段时间内先执行一种RRM放松测量策略,之后再执行RRM放松测量策略N。也就是,目标RRM放松测量策略为在一段时间内先执行一种RRM放松测量策略,之后再执行RRM放松测量策略N。在一段时间内先执行的RRM放松测量策略可以认为是过渡放松测量。换句话说,相较于前述终端直接从RRM放松测量策略M切换到RRM放松测量策略N来说,该方案通过过渡放松测量策略过渡到RRM放松测量策略N。该方案可尽量兼顾终端的能耗需求和终端的通信性能需求。In the second possible implementation manner, after the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, the terminal first executes an RRM relaxation measurement strategy for a period of time, and then executes the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N. That is, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is to first execute an RRM relaxation measurement strategy within a period of time, and then execute the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N. The RRM relaxation measurement strategy that is executed first within a period of time can be considered as an over-relaxation measurement. In other words, compared to the aforementioned terminal switching directly from the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N, this solution transitions to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N through the transition relaxation measurement strategy. This solution can try to balance the energy consumption requirements of the terminal and the communication performance requirements of the terminal.
过渡放松测量策略可以是RRM放松测量策略M,也可以是不同于RRM放松测量策略M的策略。应理解,过渡放松测量策略的测量参数(例如测量间隔等)的取值介于RRM放松测量策略M对应的取值与RRM放松测量策略N对应的取值之间。终端从低能耗测量场景切换到高能耗测量场景,终端可过渡切换到高能耗测量策略。终端从高能耗测量场景切换到低能耗测量场景,终端也可过渡切换到低能耗测量策略。根据RRM放松测量场景M以及RRM放松测量场景N的不同,目标RRM放松测量策略可包括以下几种策略的任一种策略:The over-relaxation measurement strategy can be the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M, or it can be a strategy different from the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M. It should be understood that the value of the measurement parameter (for example, measurement interval, etc.) of the excessive relaxation measurement strategy is between the value corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M and the value corresponding to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N. The terminal switches from a low energy consumption measurement scene to a high energy consumption measurement scene, and the terminal can transition to a high energy consumption measurement strategy. The terminal switches from a high energy consumption measurement scenario to a low energy measurement scenario, and the terminal can also transition to a low energy measurement strategy. According to the difference between RRM relaxation measurement scenario M and RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may include any of the following strategies:
第一示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景三、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景一,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第一预设时长T1内执行策略3,在该第一预设时长T1之后再执行策略1。也就是,过渡放松测量策略为策略3。In the first example, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 1, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be the execution of strategy 3 within the first preset time period T1. Strategy 1 is executed after a preset period of time T1. That is, the transitional relaxation measurement strategy is strategy 3.
应理解,当终端低速度向小区边缘移动,可能移动至小区边缘。这种情况下,尽管策略3相较于策略1和策略2,能够最大满足终端的节能需求。但是为了保证终端的通信性能,当终端从测量场景三切换到测量场景一后,由于终端低速度移动,所以在一段时间(例如第一预设时长T1)内可能终端还没有移动至小区边缘,这段时间内终端执行策略3,可尽量节约终端的能耗。在这段时间之后,终端可能移动至小区边缘,此时终端再执行策略1,可尽量保证终端的通信性能。It should be understood that when the terminal moves to the edge of the cell at a low speed, it may move to the edge of the cell. In this case, although strategy 3 is compared with strategy 1 and strategy 2, it can meet the energy-saving requirements of the terminal to the greatest extent. However, in order to ensure the communication performance of the terminal, when the terminal switches from measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 1, due to the low speed of the terminal, it is possible that the terminal has not moved to the edge of the cell within a period of time (for example, the first preset duration T1). During this period of time, the terminal implements strategy 3, which can save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible. After this period of time, the terminal may move to the edge of the cell. At this time, the terminal executes strategy 1 to ensure the communication performance of the terminal as much as possible.
需要说明的是,第一预设时长T1可以是协议预定义的,也可以是网络设备配置的,并告知终端第一预设时长T1的取值。在一些实施例中,第一预设时长T1可为位于10ms-20ms范围内的取值,例如10ms,15ms,20ms等,本申请实施例对第一预设时长T1的具体取值不作限制。It should be noted that the first preset duration T1 may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device, and the terminal is notified of the value of the first preset duration T1. In some embodiments, the first preset duration T1 may be a value in the range of 10ms-20ms, such as 10ms, 15ms, 20ms, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of the first preset duration T1.
作为第一示例的可替换的方案,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第一预设时长T1内按照预设的第一测量方式执行RRM测量,在所述在第一预设时长T1之后再执行策略1。也就是,过渡放松测量策略为第一测量方式。As an alternative solution of the first example, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be to perform RRM measurement in a first preset time period T1 according to a preset first measurement method, and then perform RRM measurement after the first preset time period T1. Strategy 1. That is, the over-relaxation measurement strategy is the first measurement method.
预设的第一测量方式可根据终端的实际需求来确定。在一些实施例中,终端需要优先保证通信性能,预设的第一测量方式可以是不采用RRM放松测量(下文中称为测量方式1)。例如,预设的第一测量方式可为第一预设时长T1内按照预设的测量间隔对所有邻区进行RRM测量,该测量间隔可以是正常RRM测量方式对应的测量间隔,应理解,该正常RRM 测量方式是相对RRM放松测量而言的,在RRM放松测量这个概念出现之前的RRM测量均可以认为是正常RRM测量,例如:未进行测量放松的测量间隔。The preset first measurement method can be determined according to the actual needs of the terminal. In some embodiments, the terminal needs to give priority to ensuring communication performance, and the preset first measurement method may be to not use RRM relaxation measurement (hereinafter referred to as measurement method 1). For example, the preset first measurement method may be to perform RRM measurement on all neighboring cells according to the preset measurement interval within the first preset duration T1. The measurement interval may be the measurement interval corresponding to the normal RRM measurement method. It should be understood that the The normal RRM measurement method is relative to the RRM relaxation measurement. The RRM measurement before the concept of RRM relaxation measurement can be regarded as normal RRM measurement, for example, the measurement interval when the measurement relaxation is not performed.
在一些实施例中,终端需要兼顾通信性能和能耗,那么预设的第一测量方式对应的某个测量参数的取值较大(下文中称为测量方式2)。例如预设的第一测量方式对应的测量间隔位于正常RRM测量方式对应的测量间隔和RRM放松测量策略对应的测量间隔之间。又例如,预设的第一测量方式对应的待测邻区的个数位于正常RRM测量方式对应的待测邻区的个数和RRM放松测量策略对应的待测邻区的个数之间,或者预设的第一测量方式对应的待测邻区的待测频点个数位于正常RRM测量方式对应的待测频点个数和RRM放松测量策略对应的待测频点个数之间。In some embodiments, the terminal needs to take into account both communication performance and energy consumption, so a certain measurement parameter corresponding to the preset first measurement method has a larger value (hereinafter referred to as measurement method 2). For example, the measurement interval corresponding to the preset first measurement mode is located between the measurement interval corresponding to the normal RRM measurement mode and the measurement interval corresponding to the RRM relaxed measurement strategy. For another example, the number of neighboring cells to be tested corresponding to the preset first measurement method is between the number of neighboring cells to be tested corresponding to the normal RRM measurement method and the number of neighboring cells to be tested corresponding to the RRM relaxed measurement strategy. Or the number of frequency points to be measured in the neighboring cell to be measured corresponding to the preset first measurement method is between the number of frequency points to be measured corresponding to the normal RRM measurement method and the number of frequency points to be measured corresponding to the RRM relaxed measurement strategy.
在另一些实施例中,终端需要兼顾通信性能和能耗,那么预设的第一测量方式的多个测量参数(测量间隔、测量邻区的个数、测量的频点的个数等中的至少两个)的取值可能位于测量策略M和测量策略N对应的参数之间(下文中称为测量方式3)。例如预设的第一测量方式对应的测量间隔位于RRM测量策略M的测量间隔和RRM测量策略N的测量间隔之间,且预设的第一测量方式对应的测量邻区的个数位于RRM测量策略M测量邻区的个数和RRM测量策略N测量邻区的个数之间。再例如,预设的第一测量方式对应的测量间隔位于RRM测量策略M的测量间隔和RRM测量策略N的测量间隔之间,通过递增或者递减的方式由RRM测量策略M的测量间隔切换至RRM测量策略N的测量间隔。预设的第一测量方式对应的测量邻区的频点个数也可以位于RRM测量策略M测量邻区的频点个数和RRM测量策略N测量邻区的频点个数之间,从而通过递增或者递减的方式由RRM测量策略M的频点个数切换至RRM测量策略N的频点个数。需要说明的是,这里对预设的第一测量方式的测量参数的种类不作限制。应理解,预设的第一测量方式的测量参数的取值可以为多个测量策略(例如:前述表2中的三个测量策略)对应的测量参数的取值的平均值,在一段时间内通过预设的第一测量方式执行RRM测量,不用在RRM测量策略之间频繁切换,从而能够避免频繁切换增加的能耗,也能够兼顾终端的能耗需求和通信性能的需求。In other embodiments, the terminal needs to take into account both communication performance and energy consumption, so the preset first measurement mode of multiple measurement parameters (measurement interval, number of measurement neighbors, number of measured frequency points, etc.) The values of at least two) may be located between the parameters corresponding to the measurement strategy M and the measurement strategy N (hereinafter referred to as measurement mode 3). For example, the measurement interval corresponding to the preset first measurement method is located between the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy M and the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy N, and the number of measurement neighbors corresponding to the preset first measurement method is located in the RRM measurement. Strategy M measures the number of neighboring cells and RRM measurement strategy N measures the number of neighboring cells. For another example, the measurement interval corresponding to the preset first measurement method is located between the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy M and the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy N, and the measurement interval of the RRM measurement strategy M is switched to the RRM in an increment or decrement manner. Measurement interval for measurement strategy N. The number of frequency points of the measurement neighboring cell corresponding to the preset first measurement method can also be located between the number of frequency points of the RRM measurement strategy M and the number of frequency points of the RRM measurement strategy N to measure the neighboring cells, so as to pass The method of increasing or decreasing is switched from the number of frequency points of the RRM measurement strategy M to the number of frequency points of the RRM measurement strategy N. It should be noted that the types of measurement parameters of the preset first measurement method are not limited here. It should be understood that the value of the measurement parameter of the preset first measurement mode may be the average value of the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to multiple measurement strategies (for example, the three measurement strategies in Table 2 above). The RRM measurement is performed through the preset first measurement mode, without frequent switching between RRM measurement strategies, thereby avoiding the increased energy consumption of frequent switching, and also taking into account the energy consumption requirements of the terminal and the communication performance requirements.
在又一些实施例中,预设的第一测量方式的一些测量参数(测量间隔、测量邻区的个数、测量的频点的个数等)在一段时间内是可变的。例如可以预先设置这些测量参数的初始取值,以及调整因子(例如递增幅度、递增次数,或递减幅度、递减次数),从而终端可根据该调整因子调整测量参数的初始取值。例如,预设的第一测量方式可为在第一预设时长T1内,终端按照递减幅度依次递减初始测量间隔,并按照递减后的测量间隔执行RRM测量。应理解,初始测量间隔大于策略1对应的第一测量间隔,且初始测量间隔在第一预设时长T1内经过递减次数后递减之后的测量间隔大于或等于策略1对应的第一测量间隔。由于在第一预设时长T1内仍然进行RRM测量,所以可以尽量保证终端的通信性能,且在第一预设时长T1内执行RRM测量的测量间隔依次递减,那么在该第一预设时长T1内测量的次数减少,所以可以尽量节约终端的能耗。In still other embodiments, some measurement parameters (measurement interval, number of measurement neighbors, number of measured frequency points, etc.) of the preset first measurement mode are variable within a period of time. For example, the initial values of these measurement parameters and the adjustment factors (for example, the increment range, the number of increments, or the decrement range, the number of decrements) can be preset, so that the terminal can adjust the initial values of the measurement parameters according to the adjustment factor. For example, the preset first measurement method may be that within the first preset duration T1, the terminal sequentially decreases the initial measurement interval according to the decrease amplitude, and performs the RRM measurement according to the decreased measurement interval. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is greater than the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1, and the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is decremented within the first preset duration T1 is greater than or equal to the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1. Since the RRM measurement is still performed within the first preset duration T1, the communication performance of the terminal can be ensured as much as possible, and the measurement interval for performing RRM measurement within the first preset duration T1 is successively decreased, then the first preset duration T1 The number of internal measurements is reduced, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible.
第二示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景一、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景三,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第二预设时长T2内执行策略1,在该第二预设时长T2之后再执行策略3。当终端低速移动时,在一段时间内,终端可能位于小区边缘,之后终端远离小区边缘。这种情况下,在该段时间内,可执行策略1,以尽量保证终端的通信性能。之后再执行策略3,可节约终端的能耗。In the second example, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 1, and the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3. The target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute strategy 1 within the second preset duration T2, and in the first 2. Strategy 3 is executed after the preset time period T2. When the terminal moves at a low speed, the terminal may be located at the edge of the cell for a period of time, and then the terminal moves away from the edge of the cell. In this case, during this period of time, strategy 1 can be executed to ensure the communication performance of the terminal as much as possible. Then implement strategy 3, which can save the energy consumption of the terminal.
应理解,与第一预设时长T1类似,第二预设时长T2可以是协议预定义的,也可以网络设备配置的。第二预设时长T2可与第一预设时长T1相同,也可与第一预设时长T1不同。It should be understood that, similar to the first preset duration T1, the second preset duration T2 may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device. The second preset duration T2 may be the same as the first preset duration T1, or may be different from the first preset duration T1.
作为第二示例的一种可替换的方案,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第二预设时长T2内按照预设的第二测量方式执行RRM测量,在所述在第二预设时长T2之后再执行策略3。As an alternative solution of the second example, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be to perform RRM measurement in a second preset time period T2 according to a preset second measurement method, after the second preset time period T2 Then implement strategy 3.
该预设的第二测量方式也可根据终端的实际需求来确定,例如该预设的第二测量方式可为前述的测量方式1或测量方式2或测量方式3等,具体可参考前述的预设的第一测量方式的介绍,这里不再赘述。The preset second measurement method may also be determined according to the actual needs of the terminal. For example, the preset second measurement method may be the aforementioned measurement method 1, measurement method 2, or measurement method 3, etc., for details, please refer to the aforementioned preset measurement method. The introduction of the first measurement method is not repeated here.
例如,预设的第二测量方式对应的测量间隔在一段时间内是可变的,例如可以预先设置测量间隔的初始取值,以及递增幅度、递增次数,或递减幅度、递减次数。For example, the measurement interval corresponding to the preset second measurement mode is variable within a period of time. For example, the initial value of the measurement interval, as well as the increment range, the number of increments, or the decrement range, and the number of decrements can be preset.
在一些实施例中,该预设的测量方式可为在第二预设时长T2内,终端按照递减幅度依次递减初始测量间隔执行RRM测量。应理解,初始测量间隔大于策略1对应的第一测量间隔,且初始测量间隔在第二预设时长T2内经过递减次数后的测量间隔大于或等于策略1对应的第一测量间隔。由于在第二预设时长T2内仍然进行RRM测量,所以可以尽量保证终端的通信性能,且在第二预设时长T2内执行RRM测量的测量间隔依次递减,那么在该第二预设时长T2内测量的次数减少,所以可以尽量节约终端的能耗。In some embodiments, the preset measurement manner may be that within the second preset duration T2, the terminal sequentially decreases the initial measurement interval according to the decreasing amplitude to perform RRM measurement. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is greater than the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1, and the measurement interval of the initial measurement interval after decrementing times within the second preset duration T2 is greater than or equal to the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1. Since the RRM measurement is still performed during the second preset duration T2, the communication performance of the terminal can be ensured as much as possible, and the measurement interval for performing RRM measurement within the second preset duration T2 is successively decreased, then the second preset duration T2 The number of internal measurements is reduced, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible.
在另一些实施例中,该预设的测量方式可为在第二预设时长T2内,终端按照递增幅度依次递增初始测量间隔执行RRM放松测量。应理解,初始测量间隔小于策略1对应的第一测量间隔,且初始测量间隔在第二预设时长T2内经过递增次数后的测量间隔小于或等于策略1对应的第一测量间隔。由于在第二预设时长T2内按照较小测量间隔仍然进行RRM测量,所以可以进一步保证终端的通信性能。In other embodiments, the preset measurement manner may be that within the second preset duration T2, the terminal sequentially increases the initial measurement interval according to the increasing amplitude to perform the RRM relaxation measurement. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is smaller than the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1, and the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is incremented times within the second preset duration T2 is less than or equal to the first measurement interval corresponding to strategy 1. Since the RRM measurement is still performed at a smaller measurement interval within the second preset duration T2, the communication performance of the terminal can be further ensured.
应理解,预设的第二测量方式对应的测量参数的取值与预设的第一测量方式对应的测量参数的取值可以相同,也可以不同。It should be understood that the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset second measurement method and the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset first measurement method may be the same or different.
第三示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景三、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景二,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第三预设时长T3执行前述的策略3,在第三预设时长T3之后再执行前述的策略2。In the third example, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the foregoing measurement scenario 3, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the foregoing measurement scenario 2, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be the execution of the foregoing strategy 3 for the third preset time period T3. 3. After the preset time period T3, the aforementioned strategy 2 is executed.
应理解,终端移动过程中,终端的移动速度可能变快,但是终端移动至小区边缘需要一定的时间。所以当终端从测量场景三切换到测量场景二,终端可在一段时长内(例如第三预设时长T3)内先执行策略3,之后再执行策略2,可进一步节约终端的能耗。It should be understood that during the movement of the terminal, the moving speed of the terminal may become faster, but it takes a certain time for the terminal to move to the edge of the cell. Therefore, when the terminal switches from measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 2, the terminal can execute strategy 3 first and then execute strategy 2 within a period of time (for example, the third preset duration T3), which can further save energy consumption of the terminal.
作为第三示例的一种可替换的方案,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第二预设时长T2按照预设的第三测量方式执行RRM测量,在所述在第二预设时长T2之后再执行策略2。As an alternative solution of the third example, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be to perform RRM measurement in the second preset time period T2 according to the preset third measurement method, and then perform RRM measurement after the second preset time period T2. Execution strategy 2.
同第二示例的可替换方案类似,预设的第三测量方式可根据终端的实际需求来确定。在一些实施例中,预设的第三测量方式可为前述的预设的测量方式1或预设的测量方式2或预设的测量方式3等,具体可参考前述的第二示例的可替换方案,这里不再赘述。Similar to the alternative solution of the second example, the preset third measurement method can be determined according to the actual needs of the terminal. In some embodiments, the preset third measurement method may be the aforementioned preset measurement method 1 or the preset measurement method 2 or the preset measurement method 3, etc. For details, please refer to the alternative of the aforementioned second example. Scheme, I won’t go into details here.
例如,预设的第三测量方式对应的测量间隔在一段时间内是可变的,例如可以预先设置测量间隔的初始取值,以及递增幅度、递增次数,或递减幅度、递减次数。For example, the measurement interval corresponding to the preset third measurement method is variable within a period of time. For example, the initial value of the measurement interval, as well as the increment range, the number of increments, or the decrement range, and the number of decrements can be preset.
在一些实施例中,该预设的测量方式可为在第三预设时长T3内,终端按照递减幅度依次递减初始测量间隔,并按照递减后的测量间隔,执行RRM测量。应理解,初始测量间隔大于策略2对应的第二测量间隔,且初始测量间隔在第三预设时长T3内经过递减次数后递减之后的测量间隔大于或等于策略2对应的第二测量间隔。由于在第三预设时长T3 内仍然进行RRM测量,所以可以尽量保证终端的通信性能,且在第三预设时长T3内执行RRM测量的测量间隔依次递减,那么在该第三预设时长T3内测量的次数减少,所以可以尽量节约终端的能耗。In some embodiments, the preset measurement method may be that within the third preset duration T3, the terminal sequentially decreases the initial measurement interval according to the decrease amplitude, and performs RRM measurement according to the decreased measurement interval. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is greater than the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2, and the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is decremented after decrementing times within the third preset duration T3 is greater than or equal to the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2. Since the RRM measurement is still performed in the third preset time period T3, the communication performance of the terminal can be ensured as much as possible, and the measurement interval for performing the RRM measurement in the third preset time period T3 is successively decreased, then in the third preset time period T3 The number of internal measurements is reduced, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible.
应理解,预设的第三测量方式对应的测量参数的取值与预设的第一测量方式对应的测量参数的取值可以相同,也可以不同。需要说明的是,与第一预设时长T1类似,第三预设时长T3可以是协议预定义的,也可以网络设备配置的。第三预设时长T3可与第一预设时长T1相同,也可与第一预设时长T1不同。It should be understood that the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset third measurement method and the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset first measurement method may be the same or different. It should be noted that, similar to the first preset duration T1, the third preset duration T3 may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device. The third preset duration T3 may be the same as the first preset duration T1, or may be different from the first preset duration T1.
第四示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景二、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景三,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第四预设时长T4执行前述的策略2,在第四预设时长T4之后再执行前述的策略3。In the fourth example, the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M is the aforementioned measurement scenario 2 and the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N is the aforementioned measurement scenario 3, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be the execution of the aforementioned strategy 2 at the fourth preset time period T4. After the preset time period T4, the aforementioned strategy 3 is executed.
终端从测量场景二切换到测量场景三,也就是终端初始不在小区边缘,且终端的移动速度较快,之后终端的移动速度较低,但是最终终端还没有移动到小区边缘。这种情况下,终端在一段时间内可执行策略2,之后可执行策略3。尽管这段时间内,终端一直不在小区边缘,但是为了避免终端的移动速度较快,可能会移动到小区边缘,终端在这段时间内还是执行策略2,可尽量保证终端的通信性能。在这段时间之后,执行策略3,即不执行邻区的RRM测量,进一步节约终端的功耗。The terminal switches from measurement scenario 2 to measurement scenario 3, that is, the terminal is not at the edge of the cell initially, and the moving speed of the terminal is faster, and then the moving speed of the terminal is lower, but the terminal has not moved to the edge of the cell in the end. In this case, the terminal can execute strategy 2 for a period of time, and then execute strategy 3. Although the terminal has not been at the edge of the cell during this period of time, in order to prevent the terminal from moving faster and may move to the edge of the cell, the terminal still implements strategy 2 during this period of time to ensure the communication performance of the terminal as much as possible. After this period of time, strategy 3 is implemented, that is, the RRM measurement of the neighboring cell is not performed, which further saves the power consumption of the terminal.
作为第四示例的一种可替换的方案,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第二预设时长T2按照预设的第四测量方式执行RRM测量,在所述在第四预设时长T4之后再执行策略3。As an alternative solution of the fourth example, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be to perform RRM measurement in the second preset time period T2 according to a preset fourth measurement method, and then perform RRM measurement after the fourth preset time period T4. Implementation strategy 3.
同第二示例的可替换方案类似,预设的第四测量方式可根据终端的实际需求来确定。在一些实施例中,预设的第三测量方式可为前述的预设的测量方式1或预设的测量方式2或预设的测量方式3等,具体可参考前述的第二示例的可替换方案,这里不再赘述。Similar to the alternative solution of the second example, the preset fourth measurement method can be determined according to the actual needs of the terminal. In some embodiments, the preset third measurement method may be the aforementioned preset measurement method 1 or the preset measurement method 2 or the preset measurement method 3, etc. For details, please refer to the alternative of the aforementioned second example. Scheme, I won’t go into details here.
例如,预设的第四测量方式对应的测量间隔在一段时间内是可变的,例如可以预先设置测量间隔的初始取值,以及递增幅度、递增次数,或递减幅度、递减次数。该预设的测量方式可为在第四预设时长T4内,终端按照递减幅度依次递减初始测量间隔,并按照递减后的测量间隔,执行RRM测量。应理解,初始测量间隔大于策略2对应的第二测量间隔,且初始测量间隔在第四预设时长T4内经过递减次数后递减之后的测量间隔大于或等于策略2对应的第二测量间隔。由于在第四预设时长T4内仍然进行RRM测量,所以可以尽量保证终端的通信性能,且在第四预设时长T4内执行RRM测量的测量间隔依次递减,那么在该第四预设时长T4内测量的次数减少,所以可以尽量节约终端的能耗。For example, the measurement interval corresponding to the preset fourth measurement mode is variable within a period of time. For example, the initial value of the measurement interval, as well as the increment range, the number of increments, or the decrement range, and the number of decrements can be preset. The preset measurement method may be that within the fourth preset time period T4, the terminal sequentially decreases the initial measurement interval according to the decreasing amplitude, and performs the RRM measurement according to the decreased measurement interval. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is greater than the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2, and the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is decremented after the decrement times within the fourth preset duration T4 is greater than or equal to the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2. Since the RRM measurement is still performed in the fourth preset time period T4, the communication performance of the terminal can be ensured as much as possible, and the measurement interval for performing the RRM measurement in the fourth preset time period T4 is successively decreased, then in the fourth preset time period T4 The number of internal measurements is reduced, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible.
在另一些实施例中,该预设的测量方式可为在第四预设时长T4内,终端按照递增幅度依次递增初始测量间隔,并按照递增后的测量间隔,执行RRM测量。应理解,初始测量间隔小于策略2对应的第二测量间隔,且初始测量间隔在第四预设时长T4内经过递增次数后递增之后的测量间隔小于或等于策略2对应的第二测量间隔。由于在第四预设时长T4内按照较小测量间隔仍然进行RRM测量,所以可以进一步保证终端的通信性能。In other embodiments, the preset measurement method may be that within the fourth preset duration T4, the terminal sequentially increments the initial measurement interval according to the increment amplitude, and performs RRM measurement according to the incremented measurement interval. It should be understood that the initial measurement interval is smaller than the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2, and the measurement interval after the initial measurement interval is incremented after the number of increments within the fourth preset duration T4 is less than or equal to the second measurement interval corresponding to strategy 2. Since the RRM measurement is still performed at a small measurement interval within the fourth preset time period T4, the communication performance of the terminal can be further ensured.
应理解,预设的第四测量方式对应的测量参数的取值与预设的第一测量方式对应的测量参数的取值可以相同,也可以不同。需要说明的是,与第一预设时长T1类似,第四预设时长T4可以是协议预定义的,也可以网络设备配置的。第四预设时长T4可与第一预设时长T1相同,也可与第一预设时长T1不同。It should be understood that the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset fourth measurement mode and the value of the measurement parameter corresponding to the preset first measurement mode may be the same or different. It should be noted that, similar to the first preset duration T1, the fourth preset duration T4 may be predefined by a protocol or configured by a network device. The fourth preset duration T4 may be the same as the first preset duration T1, or may be different from the first preset duration T1.
第五示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景一、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景二。如果策略1相较于策略2需要耗费终端较多的能耗,那么目标RRM放 松测量策略可为策略2,最大节约终端的能耗。如果策略1相较于策略2需要耗费终端较少的能耗,那么目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第五预设时长T5执行策略1,之后再执行前述的策略2,由于在第五预设时长T5内执行策略1,所以可尽量节约终端的能耗;或者,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第五预设时长T5内以预设的测量间隔按照预设的递减幅度递减的方式执行RRM测量,在所述第五预设时长T5之后再执行策略2。应理解,预设的测量间隔大于第二测量间隔,且在第五预设时长T5后,预设的测量间隔递减后仍然大于或者等于第二测量间隔。由于在第五预设时长T5内以大于第二测量间隔的测量间隔执行RRM测量,所以可进一步节约终端的能耗。其中,与第一预设时长T1类似,第五预设时长T5可以是预先定义的,也可以是网络设备设置的。本申请实施例对第五预设时长T5的取值不作限制。In the fifth example, the RRM relaxation measurement scene M is the aforementioned measurement scene 1, and the RRM relaxation measurement scene N is the aforementioned measurement scene 2. If strategy 1 consumes more energy consumption of the terminal than strategy 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 2, which saves the energy consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent. If strategy 1 needs to consume less energy consumption of the terminal than strategy 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute strategy 1 at the fifth preset time period T5, and then execute the aforementioned strategy 2, because in the fifth preset Strategy 1 is executed within the duration T5, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible; alternatively, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute RRM in the fifth preset duration T5 with a preset measurement interval and a preset decreasing range. Measure, and execute strategy 2 after the fifth preset time period T5. It should be understood that the preset measurement interval is greater than the second measurement interval, and after the fifth preset duration T5, the preset measurement interval is still greater than or equal to the second measurement interval after being decremented. Since the RRM measurement is performed at a measurement interval greater than the second measurement interval within the fifth preset time period T5, the energy consumption of the terminal can be further saved. Wherein, similar to the first preset duration T1, the fifth preset duration T5 may be predefined or set by the network device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the fifth preset duration T5.
第六示例,RRM放松测量场景M为前述的测量场景二、RRM放松测量场景N为前述的测量场景一。如果策略2相较于策略1需要耗费终端较多的能耗,那么目标RRM放松测量策略可为策略1,最大节约终端的能耗。如果策略2相较于策略1需要耗费终端较少的能耗,那么目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第六预设时长T6执行策略2,之后再执行前述的策略1,由于在第六预设时长T6内执行策略2,所以可尽量节约终端的能耗;或者,目标RRM放松测量策略可为在第六预设时长T6内以预设的测量间隔按照预设的递减幅度递减的方式执行RRM测量,在所述第六预设时长T6之后再执行策略1。应理解,预设的测量间隔大于第一测量间隔,且在第六预设时长T6后,预设的测量间隔递减后仍然大于或者等于第一测量间隔。由于在第六预设时长T6内以大于第一测量间隔的测量间隔执行RRM测量,所以可进一步节约终端的能耗。其中,与第一预设时长T1类似,第六预设时长T6可以是预先定义的,也可以是网络设备设置的。本申请实施例对第六预设时长T6的取值不作限制,第六预设时长T6可与第五预设时长T5相同,也可以不同。In the sixth example, the RRM relaxation measurement scene M is the aforementioned measurement scene two, and the RRM relaxation measurement scene N is the aforementioned measurement scene one. If strategy 2 needs to consume more energy consumption of the terminal than strategy 1, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be strategy 1, which saves the energy consumption of the terminal to the greatest extent. If strategy 2 requires less energy consumption of the terminal than strategy 1, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute strategy 2 at the sixth preset time period T6, and then execute the aforementioned strategy 1, because in the sixth preset Strategy 2 is executed within the duration T6, so the energy consumption of the terminal can be saved as much as possible; alternatively, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute RRM in the sixth preset duration T6 at a preset measurement interval and in a manner that decreases the preset decrement amplitude. Measure, and execute strategy 1 after the sixth preset time period T6. It should be understood that the preset measurement interval is greater than the first measurement interval, and after the sixth preset duration T6, the preset measurement interval is still greater than or equal to the first measurement interval after decrementing. Since the RRM measurement is performed at a measurement interval greater than the first measurement interval within the sixth preset time period T6, the energy consumption of the terminal can be further saved. Wherein, similar to the first preset duration T1, the sixth preset duration T6 may be predefined or set by the network device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the sixth preset duration T6. The sixth preset duration T6 may be the same as the fifth preset duration T5 or may be different.
如前述可能的实现方式一或实现方式二中,终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N,终端可直接从RRM放松测量策略M切换到RRM放松测量策略N,也可过渡切换到RRM放松测量策略N。终端可根据实际需求,例如终端的节能需求和/或终端的通信性能来确定究竟采用哪种方式切换RRM放松测量策略。As in the foregoing possible implementation manner 1 or implementation manner 2, the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, and the terminal can directly switch from the RRM relaxation measurement strategy M to the RRM relaxation measurement strategy N, or transition to RRM relax measurement strategy N. The terminal can determine which way to switch the RRM relaxation measurement strategy according to actual requirements, such as the energy-saving requirements of the terminal and/or the communication performance of the terminal.
应理解,终端的节能需求和/或终端的通信性能可以理解为终端确定切换RRM放松测量策略的切换准则。示例性的,优先终端的节能需求为第一准则,优先终端的通信性能为第二准则,兼顾终端的节能需求和终端的通信性能为第三准则。It should be understood that the energy saving requirement of the terminal and/or the communication performance of the terminal can be understood as a handover criterion for the terminal to determine the handover of the RRM relaxation measurement strategy. Exemplarily, the energy saving requirement of the priority terminal is the first criterion, the communication performance of the priority terminal is the second criterion, and both the energy saving requirement of the terminal and the communication performance of the terminal are the third criterion.
在一些实施例中,终端可基于进行的业务类型来确定目标RRM放松测量策略所要采用的切换准则。例如终端进行语音业务,为了保证通话质量,那么切换准则可为第二准则。在另一些实施例中,终端可基于自身的产品类型来确定目标RRM放松测量策略所要采用的切换准则。例如终端为便携式设备(手机、平板、手表、手环等),应优先考虑节能,那么切换准则可为第一准则。在又一些实施例中,终端可基于自身的使用状态、例如终端的用电状态、移动状态、网络状态等确定目标RRM放松测量策略所要采用的切换准则。例如终端开启节电模式,切换准则可为第一准则。例如终端移动速度较快,为了保证通信质量,切换准则可为第二准则。In some embodiments, the terminal may determine the handover criterion to be adopted for the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on the type of service being performed. For example, when the terminal performs voice services, in order to ensure the quality of the call, the handover criterion may be the second criterion. In other embodiments, the terminal may determine the switching criterion to be adopted for the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on its own product type. For example, the terminal is a portable device (mobile phone, tablet, watch, bracelet, etc.), and energy saving should be given priority, so the switching criterion can be the first criterion. In still other embodiments, the terminal may determine the handover criterion to be adopted for the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on its own usage status, such as the terminal's power consumption status, movement status, network status, etc. For example, when the terminal turns on the power saving mode, the switching criterion may be the first criterion. For example, the terminal moves faster. In order to ensure the communication quality, the handover criterion may be the second criterion.
如果终端基于第一准则确定目标RRM放松测量策略,当终端从高能耗测量场景切换到低能耗测量场景,目标RRM放松测量策略为直接切换到低能耗测量策略。例如终端从前述的测量场景一或测量场景二切换到测量场景三,那么目标RRM放松测量策略为策略3。If the terminal determines the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on the first criterion, when the terminal switches from a high-energy measurement scenario to a low-power measurement scenario, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is directly switched to a low-energy measurement strategy. For example, if the terminal switches from the aforementioned measurement scenario 1 or measurement scenario 2 to measurement scenario 3, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is strategy 3.
如果终端基于第二准则或第三准则确定目标RRM放松测量策略,当终端从高能耗测量场景切换到低能耗测量场景,目标RRM放松测量策略可为过渡切换到低能耗测量策略。例如终端从前述的测量场景一或测量场景二切换到测量场景三,那么目标RRM放松测量策略可为在预设时长内先执行例如策略1或策略2,在该预设时长之后,再执行策略3。If the terminal determines the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on the second criterion or the third criterion, when the terminal switches from a high-energy-consumption measurement scenario to a low-energy-consumption measurement scenario, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be a transition to a low-energy measurement strategy. For example, the terminal switches from the aforementioned measurement scenario 1 or measurement scenario 2 to measurement scenario 3, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to execute, for example, strategy 1 or strategy 2 within a preset period of time, and then execute the strategy after the preset period of time. 3.
换句话说,终端在从能耗较高的测量场景切换到能耗较低的测量场景的情况下,终端可直接执行与能耗较低的测量场景对应的策略,以最大节约终端的能耗;或者,终端可过渡一段时间,再执行与能耗较低的测量场景对应的策略,在节约终端的能耗的同时,尽量保证终端的通信性能。In other words, when the terminal switches from a measurement scenario with higher energy consumption to a measurement scenario with lower energy consumption, the terminal can directly execute the strategy corresponding to the measurement scenario with lower energy consumption, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible. Or, the terminal can transition for a period of time, and then execute the strategy corresponding to the measurement scenario with lower energy consumption, while saving the energy consumption of the terminal, try to ensure the communication performance of the terminal.
类似的,如果终端基于第二准则确定目标RRM放松测量策略,当终端从低能耗测量场景切换到高能耗测量场景,目标RRM放松测量策略为直接切换到高能耗测量策略。例如终端从前述的测量场景三切换到测量场景一或测量场景二,那么目标RRM放松测量策略为策略1或策略2。Similarly, if the terminal determines the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on the second criterion, when the terminal switches from a low energy consumption measurement scene to a high energy consumption measurement scene, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is directly switched to a high energy consumption measurement strategy. For example, if the terminal switches from the aforementioned measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 1 or measurement scenario 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is strategy 1 or strategy 2.
如果终端基于第一准则或第三准则确定目标RRM放松测量策略,当终端从低能耗测量场景切换到高能耗测量场景,目标RRM放松测量策略可为过渡切换到高能耗测量策略。例如终端从前述的测量场景三切换到测量场景一或测量场景二,那么目标RRM放松测量策略可为在预设时长内先执行例如策略3,在该预设时长之后,再执行策略1或策略2。If the terminal determines the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy based on the first criterion or the third criterion, when the terminal switches from a low-energy measurement scenario to a high-energy measurement scenario, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy may be a transitional switch to a high-energy measurement strategy. For example, if the terminal switches from the aforementioned measurement scenario 3 to measurement scenario 1 or measurement scenario 2, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be to first execute strategy 3 within a preset time period, and then execute strategy 1 or strategy after the preset time period. 2.
终端在从能耗较低的测量场景切换到能耗较高的测量场景的情况下,终端直接执行与能耗较高的测量场景对应的策略,以最大保证终端的通信性能;或者,终端可过渡一段时间,再执行与能耗较高的测量场景对应的策略,在保证终端的通信性能的同时,尽量节约终端的能耗。When the terminal switches from a measurement scenario with lower energy consumption to a measurement scenario with higher energy consumption, the terminal directly executes the strategy corresponding to the measurement scenario with higher energy consumption to maximize the communication performance of the terminal; or, the terminal can After a transition period of time, the strategy corresponding to the measurement scenario with higher energy consumption will be executed again to save the energy consumption of the terminal as much as possible while ensuring the communication performance of the terminal.
与前述实现方式一或实现方式二不同,终端也可根据网络设备的指示确定目标RRM放松测量策略。即作为前述实现方式一或实现方式二可替换的实现方式三,网络设备可为终端指定目标RRM放松测量场景,当终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N时,终端采用网络设备指定的目标RRM放松测量场景,执行RRM放松测量。Different from the foregoing implementation manner 1 or implementation manner 2, the terminal may also determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy according to the instruction of the network device. That is, as an alternative to the foregoing implementation method 1 or implementation method 2, the network device can specify the target RRM relaxation measurement scenario for the terminal. When the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, the terminal adopts the network device Specify the target RRM relaxation measurement scenario, and perform RRM relaxation measurement.
示例性的,S503、网络设备可以向终端发送指示信息,该指示信息为终端指示目标RRM放松测量策略。应理解,S503是可选的步骤,因此,在图5中以虚线进行示意。Exemplarily, S503. The network device may send instruction information to the terminal, where the instruction information is the terminal instructing the target RRM to relax the measurement strategy. It should be understood that S503 is an optional step, and therefore, it is illustrated by a dotted line in FIG. 5.
该指示信息可直接指示目标RRM放松测量策略,也可以间接指示目标RRM放松测量场景,下面分别介绍该指示信息的几种可能的实现方式。The indication information may directly indicate the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy, or indirectly indicate the target RRM relaxation measurement scenario. The following describes several possible implementations of the indication information.
直接指示方式一、指示信息可包括测量参数,该测量参数可包括例如测量间隔、待测邻区的数量,以及待测邻区的待测频点个数中的一种参数或多种参数。终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N时,可根据该测量参数确定目标RRM放松测量策略,并执行RRM放松测量。换句话说,该方案可直接指示目标RRM放松测量策略。应理解,这种情况下,网咯设备可在终端从RRM放松测量场景M切换到RRM放松测量场景N时,向终端发送该指示信息。Direct indication method 1: The indication information may include measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters may include, for example, one or more of the measurement interval, the number of neighboring cells to be tested, and the number of frequency points to be tested in the neighboring cells to be tested. When the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N, the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be determined according to the measurement parameters, and the RRM relaxation measurement can be performed. In other words, the solution can directly instruct the target RRM to relax the measurement strategy. It should be understood that, in this case, the network device may send the indication information to the terminal when the terminal switches from the RRM relaxation measurement scenario M to the RRM relaxation measurement scenario N.
示例性的,该测量参数包括测量间隔,终端根据该测量参数可按照该测量间隔对所有邻区执行RRM放松测量。或者,该测量参数包括待测邻区的数量L,终端根据该测量参数可对L个待测邻区执行RRM放松测量。或者,该测量参数包括待测邻区的待测子载波数K,终端根据该测量参数可对待测邻区的K个子载波执行RRM放松测量。又例如,该测量参数包括测量间隔和待测邻区的数量L,终端根据该测量参数可按照该测量间隔对L个待测邻区执行RRM放松测量,等等。Exemplarily, the measurement parameter includes a measurement interval, and the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on all neighboring cells according to the measurement interval according to the measurement parameter. Alternatively, the measurement parameter includes the number L of neighboring cells to be measured, and the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on the L neighboring cells to be measured according to the measurement parameter. Alternatively, the measurement parameter includes the number K of subcarriers to be measured in the neighboring cell to be measured, and the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on the K subcarriers of the neighboring cell to be measured according to the measurement parameter. For another example, the measurement parameter includes a measurement interval and the number L of adjacent cells to be measured, and the terminal can perform RRM relaxation measurement on L adjacent cells to be measured according to the measurement interval according to the measurement parameter, and so on.
应理解,该测量参数可以是网络设备根据终端的功耗需求和终端的移动速度确定的,所以能够兼顾终端的节能需求和终端的通信性能。It should be understood that the measurement parameter may be determined by the network device according to the power consumption requirement of the terminal and the moving speed of the terminal, so the energy saving requirement of the terminal and the communication performance of the terminal can be considered.
在一些实施例中,该测量参数可以承载在系统消息(system information,SI),也就是网络设备可以广播携带该测量参数的SI,将该测量参数发送给终端。例如,测量参数可以携带在系统信息块(system information block,SIB),例如SIB2。其中,测量参数可以承载在SIB2中已定义的信元,例如在SIB2的小区重选信息(cellReselectionInfoCommon)信元,或者SIB2中的速度移动状态参数(speedStateReselectionPars)信元,或者其他可能的信元;或者,测量参数也可以承载在SIB2中新定义的信元。In some embodiments, the measurement parameter may be carried in system information (SI), that is, the network device may broadcast the SI carrying the measurement parameter, and send the measurement parameter to the terminal. For example, the measurement parameters may be carried in a system information block (system information block, SIB), such as SIB2. Among them, the measurement parameters can be carried in information elements defined in SIB2, for example, cell reselection information (cellReselectionInfoCommon) information element in SIB2, or speed movement state parameter (speedStateReselectionPars) information element in SIB2, or other possible information elements; Alternatively, the measurement parameters can also be carried in the newly defined information element in SIB2.
在另一些实施例中,该测量参数可承载于无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,也就是网络设备通过向终端发送携带测量参数的RRC信令,将该测量参数发送给终端。In other embodiments, the measurement parameter may be carried in radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, that is, the network device sends the measurement parameter to the terminal by sending the RRC signaling carrying the measurement parameter to the terminal.
直接指示方式二、指示信息用于指示至少一种RRM放松测量策略,目标RRM放松测量策略为这至少一种RRM放松测量策略中的某种RRM放松测量策略。例如指示信息指示一种RRM放松测量策略,那么目标RRM放松测量策略为该种RRM放松测量策略。例如指示信息指示多种RRM放松测量策略,那么目标RRM放松测量策略可为这多种RRM放松测量策略中的一种RRM放松测量策略,也可为这多种RRM放松测量策略中的至少两种RRM放松测量策略。Direct indication mode 2: The indication information is used to indicate at least one RRM relaxation measurement strategy, and the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is a certain RRM relaxation measurement strategy among the at least one RRM relaxation measurement strategy. For example, the indication information indicates a kind of RRM relaxation measurement strategy, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy is this kind of RRM relaxation measurement strategy. For example, the indication information indicates multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies, then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be one of the multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies, or at least two of the multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies. RRM relax measurement strategy.
示例性的,指示信息用于指示第一RRM放松测量策略和/或第二RRM放松测量策略。这种情况下,可预先定义如前述表3中,测量场景的切换与RRM放松测量策略的对应关系。该指示信息可指示如表3中的一种或多种RRM放松测量策略。应理解,当该指示信息指示了多种放松测量策略,那么终端在不同时刻开启执行不同的RRM放松测量策略。例如该指示信息指示了第一RRM放松测量策略和第二RRM放松测量策略,那么终端可在第一时刻开始执行第一RRM放松测量策略,在第二时刻开始执行第二RRM放松测量策略。Exemplarily, the indication information is used to indicate the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy and/or the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy. In this case, the corresponding relationship between the switching of measurement scenarios and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be defined in advance as in Table 3 above. The indication information may indicate one or more RRM relaxation measurement strategies as in Table 3. It should be understood that when the indication information indicates multiple relaxation measurement strategies, the terminal starts to execute different RRM relaxation measurement strategies at different times. For example, the indication information indicates the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy and the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy, then the terminal may start to execute the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy at the first moment, and the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy at the second moment.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息还可以包括第一时刻和第二时刻,其中,第一时刻为开始执行第一RRM放松测量策略的时刻,第二时刻为开始执行第二RRM放松测量策略的时刻。或者该指示信息还可以包括第一时刻和第一预设时长,其中,第一时刻为开始执行第一RRM放松测量策略的时刻,第一预设时长为执行第一RRM放松测量策略的时长,那么第一预设时长之后,终端开始执行第二RRM放松测量策略。In some embodiments, the instruction information may further include a first moment and a second moment, where the first moment is the moment when the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy starts to be executed, and the second moment is the moment when the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy starts to be executed. time. Or the instruction information may further include a first moment and a first preset duration, where the first moment is the moment when the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy starts to be executed, and the first preset duration is the duration for executing the first RRM relaxation measurement strategy, Then, after the first preset duration, the terminal starts to execute the second RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
需要说明的是,在直接指示方式二中,网络设备可在终端切换测量场景时,向终端发送指示信息。如果指示信息指示多种RRM放松测量策略,终端可从这多种RRM放松测量策略选择一种或多种RRM放松测量策略。如前述,终端可基于切换准则从这多种RRM放松测量策略选择一种或多种RRM放松测量策略。或者,网络设备也可在终端切换测量场景之前,向终端发送指示信息。这种情况下,系统可预定义如上述表3的对应关系,终端在从一个测量场景切换到另一个测量场景后,选择对应的RRM放松测量策略。或者网络设备除了向终端发送指示至少一种RRM放松测量策略的指示信息之外,网络设备还告知终端在满足某种测量场景切换的情况下,执行指示信息所指示的目标放松测量策略。It should be noted that in the direct instruction method two, the network device may send instruction information to the terminal when the terminal switches the measurement scenario. If the indication information indicates multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies, the terminal may select one or more RRM relaxation measurement strategies from the multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies. As mentioned above, the terminal can select one or more RRM relaxation measurement strategies from these multiple RRM relaxation measurement strategies based on the handover criterion. Alternatively, the network device may also send instruction information to the terminal before the terminal switches the measurement scenario. In this case, the system can predefine the corresponding relationship as shown in Table 3 above, and after the terminal switches from one measurement scenario to another measurement scenario, it selects the corresponding RRM relaxation measurement strategy. Or, in addition to sending instruction information indicating at least one RRM relaxation measurement strategy to the terminal, the network device also informs the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy indicated by the instruction information when a certain measurement scenario switch is satisfied.
间接指示方式,该指示信息可包括终端切换RRM放松测量策略所依据的切换准则,该切换准则与目标RRM放松测量策略对应。换句话说,该方案通过切换准则间接指示了目标RRM放松测量策略。切换准则可包括如前述的第一准则、第二准则或第三准则。In an indirect indication manner, the indication information may include a switching criterion by which the terminal switches the RRM relaxation measurement strategy, and the switching criterion corresponds to the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy. In other words, the scheme indirectly indicates the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy through the switching criterion. The switching criterion may include the aforementioned first criterion, second criterion or third criterion.
在一些实施例中,可预先定义切换准则与测量场景切换下的RRM放松测量策略的对 应关系。终端在接收到该指示信息,可以根据该对应关系,确定出对应的测量场景下的RRM放松测量策略,然后在进行场景切换时,通过切换的场景确定目标RRM放松测量策略。In some embodiments, the correspondence between the switching criterion and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy under the measurement scene switching may be predefined. After receiving the instruction information, the terminal can determine the RRM relaxation measurement strategy in the corresponding measurement scenario according to the correspondence relationship, and then determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy through the switched scenario when the scene is switched.
在另一些实施例中,可预先定义切换准则与RRM放松测量场景的切换的对应关系,以及RRM放松测量场景的切换与RRM放松测量策略的对应关系。终端在接收到该指示信息,可以根据这两个对应关系,确定目标RRM放松测量策略。In other embodiments, the corresponding relationship between the switching criterion and the switch of the RRM relaxation measurement scenario, and the corresponding relationship between the switch of the RRM relaxation measurement scenario and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy can be predefined. After receiving the instruction information, the terminal can determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy according to the two corresponding relationships.
在可能的实现方式中,与直接指示方式一类似,该指示信息也可以承载在SIB2已定义的信元或RRC信令。In a possible implementation manner, similar to the direct indication manner 1, the indication information may also be carried in the SIB2 defined cell or RRC signaling.
在一些实施例中,该指示信息可包括切换准则,例如该指示信息占用m个比特,m个比特的一种值对应一种切换准则。例如该指示信息占用2比特,当2比特的值为0,该指示信息指示第一准则,当2比特的值为1,该指示信息指示第二准则,等等。In some embodiments, the indication information may include a switching criterion. For example, the indication information occupies m bits, and a value of m bits corresponds to a switching criterion. For example, the indication information occupies 2 bits, when the value of 2 bits is 0, the indication information indicates the first criterion, when the value of 2 bits is 1, the indication information indicates the second criterion, and so on.
在另一些实施例中,该指示信息可指示终端业务的优先级,通过该优先级指示切换准则。例如定义优先级最高的业务,优先保证终端的通信性能,即优先级最高的业务对应第二准则;相对而言,优先级最低的业务对应第一准则。终端可根据网络设备告知的业务的优先级确定切换准则,进而确定目标RRM放松测量策略。In other embodiments, the indication information may indicate the priority of the terminal service, and the switching criterion is indicated by the priority. For example, the service with the highest priority is defined and the communication performance of the terminal is guaranteed first, that is, the service with the highest priority corresponds to the second criterion; relatively speaking, the service with the lowest priority corresponds to the first criterion. The terminal can determine the handover criterion according to the priority of the service notified by the network device, and then determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy.
在本申请实施例中,为了兼顾终端的功耗需求和通信性能的需求,针对终端切换RRM放松测量场景的情况,规定了RRM放松测量场景的切换与RRM放松测量策略的对应关系。从而终端在切换RRM放松测量场景后,可根据该对应关系,确定目标RRM放松测量策略,执行RRM测量。或者,网络设备可为终端指示终端切换RRM放松测量场景后,所要采用的目标RRM放松测量策略。In the embodiments of the present application, in order to take into account the power consumption requirements of the terminal and the communication performance requirements, the corresponding relationship between the switching of the RRM relaxation measurement scene and the RRM relaxation measurement strategy is specified for the situation where the terminal switches the RRM relaxation measurement scenario. Therefore, after the terminal switches the RRM relaxation measurement scenario, it can determine the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy according to the corresponding relationship, and execute the RRM measurement. Alternatively, the network device may instruct the terminal to switch the RRM relaxation measurement scenario for the terminal, and then the target RRM relaxation measurement strategy to be adopted.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从终端和网络设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,终端和网络设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided in the present application, the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are respectively introduced from the perspective of interaction between the terminal and the network device. In order to implement the functions in the methods provided in the above embodiments of the present application, the terminal and the network device may include a hardware structure and/or software module, and the above functions are implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. Whether a certain function among the above-mentioned functions is executed by a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的通信装置。因此,上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中,重复的内容不再赘述。The communication device used to implement the above method in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Therefore, all the above content can be used in the subsequent embodiments, and the repeated content will not be repeated.
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信装置600的示意性框图。该通信装置600可以对应实现上述各个方法实施例中由终端或网络设备实现的功能或者步骤。该通信装置可以包括处理模块610和收发模块620。可选的,还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据。处理模块610和收发模块620可以与该存储单元耦合,例如,处理单元610可以读取存储单元中的指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据,以实现相应的方法。上述各个单元可以独立设置,也可以部分或者全部集成。FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 600 according to an embodiment of the application. The communication device 600 can correspondingly implement the functions or steps implemented by the terminal or the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The communication device may include a processing module 610 and a transceiver module 620. Optionally, a storage unit may also be included, and the storage unit may be used to store instructions (code or program) and/or data. The processing module 610 and the transceiver module 620 may be coupled with the storage unit. For example, the processing unit 610 may read instructions (codes or programs) and/or data in the storage unit to implement corresponding methods. The above-mentioned units can be set independently, or partly or fully integrated.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置600能够对应实现上述方法实施例中终端的行为和功能。例如通信装置600可以为终端,也可以为应用于终端中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块620可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由终端所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图5所示的实施例中的S503,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块610用于执行如图5所示的实施例中由终端所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如图5所示的实施例中的S501和S502,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some possible implementation manners, the communication device 600 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication device 600 may be a terminal, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the terminal. The transceiver module 620 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S503 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and/or for supporting the technology described herein Other processes. Wherein, the processing module 610 is used to perform all operations performed by the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except for receiving and sending operations, such as S501 and S502 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and/or for Other processes that support the technology described in this article.
在一些实施例中,处理模块610用于从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景,以及采用目标放松测量策略,执行放松测量,其中,一种放松测量场景对应一种放松测量 策略,所述目标放松测量策略包括与所述第二放松测量场景对应的放松测量策略;收发模块620用于与其他通信设备进行通信。In some embodiments, the processing module 610 is configured to switch from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario, and adopt a target relaxation measurement strategy to perform relaxation measurement, where one relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to a relaxation measurement strategy, The target relaxation measurement strategy includes a relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second relaxation measurement scenario; the transceiver module 620 is configured to communicate with other communication devices.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一放松测量场景对应第一放松测量策略,第二放松测量场景对应第二放松测量策略,目标放松测量策略包括从第一放松测量策略切换到第二放松测量策略。As an optional implementation, the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy, and the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy. The target relaxation measurement strategy includes switching from the first relaxation measurement strategy to the second relaxation measurement. Strategy.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗高于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。As an optional implementation manner, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一放松测量场景对应第一放松测量策略,第二放松测量场景对应第二放松测量策略,目标放松测量策略包括在第一预设时长内执行第三放松测量策略,在所述第一预设时长之后,执行第二放松测量策略。As an optional implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the first relaxation measurement strategy, the second relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to the second relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy includes performing the third relaxation measurement within the first preset time period. Strategy, after the first preset period of time, execute a second relaxation measurement strategy.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第三放松测量策略包括所述第一放松测量策略;或者,As an optional implementation manner, the third relaxation measurement strategy includes the first relaxation measurement strategy; or,
第三放松测量策略包括按照预设的至少一种测量参数执行放松测量,其中,所述至少一种测量参数包括如下参数的一种或多种:测量间隔、待测邻区的个数、待测邻区的待测频点的个数。The third relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter, where the at least one measurement parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, number of neighboring cells to be measured, and Measure the number of frequency points to be measured in the neighboring area.
作为一种可选的实现方式,按照预设的至少一种测量参数执行放松测量,包括:As an optional implementation manner, performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter includes:
按照第一测量参数的第一取值执行放松测量;或者,Perform relaxation measurement according to the first value of the first measurement parameter; or,
按照第一测量参数的第二取值执行放松测量,其中,所述第二取值是按照预设规则调整所述第一取值获得的;Performing relaxation measurement according to a second value of the first measurement parameter, wherein the second value is obtained by adjusting the first value according to a preset rule;
其中,所述第一测量参数为所述至少一种测量参数中的任意一种测量参数,第一取值为预设的所述第一测量参数的初始取值。Wherein, the first measurement parameter is any one of the at least one measurement parameter, and the first value is a preset initial value of the first measurement parameter.
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述预设规则包括按照调整因子,依次递减所述第一取值;或者,所述预设规则包括按照调整因子,依次递增所述第一取值。As an optional implementation manner, the preset rule includes sequentially decreasing the first value according to the adjustment factor; or, the preset rule includes sequentially increasing the first value according to the adjustment factor.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗低于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。As an optional implementation manner, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第三取值执行放松测量,第二放松测量策略包括按照所述第一测量参数的第四取值执行放松测量;其中,第一取值大于第二取值,第一取值大于第四取值,且第二取值大于或等于第四取值。As an optional implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter, and the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter. ; Among them, the first value is greater than the second value, the first value is greater than the fourth value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the fourth value.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘且终端的移动速度低于预设阈值,第二放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘或者终端的移动速度低于预设阈值。As an optional implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the mobile speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold, and the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the mobile speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold. .
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗高于第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。As an optional implementation manner, the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第三取值执行放松测量,第二放松测量策略包括按照所述第一测量参数的第四取值执行放松测量;其中,As an optional implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the third value of the first measurement parameter, and the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the fourth value of the first measurement parameter. ;in,
第一取值大于第二取值,且第一取值大于第三取值,且第二取值大于或等于第三取值;或者,The first value is greater than the second value, and the first value is greater than the third value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the third value; or,
第一取值小于第二取值,且第一取值小于第三取值,且第二取值小于或等于第三取值。The first value is less than the second value, and the first value is less than the third value, and the second value is less than or equal to the third value.
作为一种可选的实现方式,第一放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘或者终端的移动速度低于预设阈值,第二放松测量场景指示终端不在小区边缘且终端的移动速度低于预设阈值。As an optional implementation manner, the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold, and the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than the preset threshold. .
作为一种可选的实现方式,放松测量包括RRM放松测量或RLM放松测量。As an optional implementation manner, the relaxation measurement includes RRM relaxation measurement or RLM relaxation measurement.
作为一种可选的实现方式,所述收发模块具体用于:As an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息用于指示所述目标放松测量策略。Receive instruction information from the network device, where the instruction information is used to instruct the target to relax the measurement strategy.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息包括测量参数,所述测量参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种:测量间隔,待测小区的个数,待测小区的待测频点个数。As an optional implementation, the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, number of cells to be tested, number of frequency points to be tested of the cell to be tested number.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息用于指示多种放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略为所述多种放松测量策略中的一种或多种。As an optional implementation manner, the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息还用于指示终端在从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景的情况下,执行所述目标放松测量策略。As an optional implementation manner, the indication information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息包括终端切换放松测量策略所依据的切换准则,所述切换准则与所述目标放松测量策略对应,其中,切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,第二准则指示优先保证通信质量。As an optional implementation manner, the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the handover criterion includes the first criterion or the second criterion, The first criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息包括m比特信息,所述m大于或等于1;或者,As an optional implementation manner, the indication information includes m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
该指示信息包括终端业务的优先级。The indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理模块610还用于:根据切换准则,确定所述目标放松测量策略,其中,所述切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,所述第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,所述第二准则指示优先保证通信质量。As an optional implementation manner, the processing module 610 is further configured to: determine the target relaxation measurement strategy according to a handover criterion, wherein the handover criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion, and the first criterion indicates priority To save energy consumption of the terminal, the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块610可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块620可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件或者通信接口实现。It should be understood that the processing module 610 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components, and the transceiver module 620 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components or a communication interface.
一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置600能够对应实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置600可以为网络设备,也可以为应用于网络设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块620可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作,例如图5所示的实施例中的S503,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。其中,处理模块610用于执行如图5所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some possible implementation manners, the communication apparatus 600 can correspondingly implement the behaviors and functions of the network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the communication device 600 may be a network device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) applied to the network device. The transceiver module 620 may be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, such as S503 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and/or used to support the technology described herein Other processes. Wherein, the processing module 610 is used to perform all the operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 except for the transceiving operation, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
在一些实施例中,处理模块610用于确定指示信息,该指示信息用于指示终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景后,执行放松测量所要使用的目标放松测量策略;收发模块620用于向终端发送所述指示信息。In some embodiments, the processing module 610 is used to determine indication information, which is used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy to be used for the relaxation measurement after switching from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario; 620 is used to send the instruction information to the terminal.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息包括测量参数,所述测量参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种:测量间隔,待测小区的个数,待测小区的待测频点个数。As an optional implementation, the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, number of cells to be tested, number of frequency points to be tested of the cell to be tested number.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息用于指示多种放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略为所述多种放松测量策略中的一种或多种。As an optional implementation manner, the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息还用于指示终端在从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景的情况下,执行所述目标放松测量策略。As an optional implementation manner, the indication information is also used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy when switching from the first relaxation measurement scenario to the second relaxation measurement scenario.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息包括终端切换放松测量策略所依据的切换准则,所述切换准则与所述目标放松测量策略对应,其中,切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,第二准则指示优先保证通信质量。As an optional implementation manner, the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the handover criterion includes the first criterion or the second criterion, The first criterion indicates that priority is given to saving energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates that priority is given to ensuring communication quality.
作为一种可选的实现方式,该指示信息包括m比特信息,所述m大于或等于1;或者,As an optional implementation manner, the indication information includes m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
该指示信息包括终端业务的优先级。The indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块610可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现, 收发模块620可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件或者通信接口实现。It should be understood that the processing module 610 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 620 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component or a communication interface.
如图7所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置700,其中,通信装置700可以是终端,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端的功能,或者,通信装置700可以是网络设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备的功能;通信装置700也可以是能够支持终端实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置,或者能够支持网络设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置。其中,该通信装置700可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。As shown in FIG. 7 is a communication device 700 provided by an embodiment of this application, where the communication device 700 may be a terminal, which can implement the function of the terminal in the method provided in the embodiment of this application, or the communication device 700 may be a network device. Realize the function of the network device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application; the communication device 700 may also be a device that can support the terminal to implement the corresponding function in the method provided in the embodiment of this application, or can support the network device to implement the function provided in the embodiment of this application The device corresponding to the function in the method. Wherein, the communication device 700 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
在硬件实现上,上述收发模块620可以为收发器,收发器集成在通信装置700中构成通信接口710。In terms of hardware implementation, the foregoing transceiver module 620 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated in the communication device 700 to form a communication interface 710.
通信装置700包括至少一个处理器720,用于实现或用于支持通信装置700实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备或终端的功能。具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。The communication device 700 includes at least one processor 720, which is configured to implement or support the communication device 700 to implement the functions of the network device or terminal in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method example, which will not be repeated here.
通信装置700还可以包括至少一个存储器730,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器730和处理器720耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器720可能和存储器730协同操作。处理器720可能执行存储器730中存储的程序指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置700实现相应的方法。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。The communication device 700 may further include at least one memory 730 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 730 and the processor 720 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 720 may operate in cooperation with the memory 730. The processor 720 may execute program instructions and/or data stored in the memory 730, so that the communication device 700 implements a corresponding method. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
通信装置700还可以包括通信接口710,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于通信装置700中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地,当该通信装置为终端时,该其它设备为网络设备;或者,当该通信装置为网络设备时,该其它设备为终端。处理器720可以利用通信接口710收发数据。通信接口710具体可以是收发器。The communication device 700 may further include a communication interface 710 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the device used in the communication device 700 can communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the communication device is a terminal, the other device is a network device; or, when the communication device is a network device, the other device is a terminal. The processor 720 may use the communication interface 710 to send and receive data. The communication interface 710 may specifically be a transceiver.
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口710、处理器720以及存储器730之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图7中以存储器730、处理器720以及通信接口710之间通过总线740连接,总线在图7中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图7中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the aforementioned communication interface 710, the processor 720, and the memory 730. In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 730, the processor 720, and the communication interface 710 are connected by a bus 740 in FIG. 7. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. , Is not limited. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 7, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器720可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 720 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which can implement Or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
在本申请实施例中,存储器730可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 730 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., and may also be a volatile memory (volatile memory). For example, random-access memory (RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.
需要说明的是,上述实施例中的通信装置可以是终端也可以是电路,也可以是应用于终端中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等。当通信装置是终端时,收 发模块可以是收发器,可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块可以是处理器,例如:中央处理模块(central processing unit,CPU)。当通信装置是具有上述终端功能的部件时,收发模块可以是射频单元,处理模块可以是处理器。当通信装置是芯片系统时,收发模块可以是芯片系统的输入输出接口、处理模块可以是芯片系统的处理器。It should be noted that the communication device in the foregoing embodiment may be a terminal or a circuit, and may also be a chip applied to a terminal or other combination devices or components with the foregoing terminal functions. When the communication device is a terminal, the transmitting and receiving module may be a transceiver, which may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., and the processing module may be a processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU). When the communication device is a component with the aforementioned terminal function, the transceiver module may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module may be a processor. When the communication device is a chip system, the transceiver module may be an input/output interface of the chip system, and the processing module may be a processor of the chip system.
图8示出了一种简化的通信装置的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图8中,通信装置以网络设备是基站作为例子。该基站可应用于如图1所示的系统中,可以为图1中的网络设备,执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。网络设备800可包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)810和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)820。所述RRU 810可以称为通信模块,与图6中的收发模块620对应,可选地,该通信模块还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线811和射频单元812。所述RRU 810部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端发送指示信息。所述BBU 820部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 810与BBU 820可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。Fig. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified communication device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 8, the communication device takes the network device as a base station as an example. The base station may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1, and may be the network device in FIG. 1, which performs the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The network device 800 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 810 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU). )820. The RRU 810 may be called a communication module, which corresponds to the transceiver module 620 in FIG. 6. Optionally, the communication module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 811 And radio frequency unit 812. The RRU 810 part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to the terminal. The 820 part of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on. The RRU 810 and the BBU 820 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU 820为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理模块,可以与图6中的处理模块610对应,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理模块)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程,例如,生成上述指示信息等。The BBU 820 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module, which may correspond to the processing module 610 in FIG. 6, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing module) may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.
在一个示例中,所述BBU 820可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述BBU 820还包括存储器821和处理器822。所述存储器821用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器822用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器821和处理器822可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 820 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network (such as an LTE network) with a single access standard, or can support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The BBU 820 further includes a memory 821 and a processor 822. The memory 821 is used to store necessary instructions and data. The processor 822 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 821 and the processor 822 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端也可以是电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a terminal or a circuit. The communication device may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
图9示出了一种简化的终端的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图9中,该终端以手机作为例子。如图9所示,终端包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对该车载单元进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的设备可以不具有输入输出装置。Figure 9 shows a simplified structural diagram of a terminal. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In Figure 9, the terminal uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 9, the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the vehicle-mounted unit, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到该设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图9中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可 以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of description, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9. In an actual device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory can be set independently of the processor, or integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为该装置的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为该装置的处理单元。如图9所示,该装置包括收发单元910和处理单元920。收发单元910也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元920也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元910中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元910中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元910包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元910有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the device. As shown in FIG. 9, the device includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920. The transceiving unit 910 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on. The processing unit 920 may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 910 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 910 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 910 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiving unit 910 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiving circuit or the like. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit. The transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
应理解,收发单元910用于执行上述方法实施例中终端侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元920用于执行上述方法实施例中终端上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 910 is configured to perform sending operations and receiving operations on the terminal side in the foregoing method embodiments, and the processing unit 920 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal in addition to the transceiving operations in the foregoing method embodiments.
例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元910可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中的S503,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, in an implementation manner, the transceiving unit 910 may be used to perform S503 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.
当该通信装置为芯片类的装置或者电路时,该装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,所述收发单元可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口;处理单元为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip-type device or circuit, the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiving unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface; the processing unit is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
本实施例中,可以参照图10所示的装置。作为一个例子,该装置可以完成类似于图6中处理模块610的功能。在图10中,该装置包括处理器1010,发送数据处理器1020,接收数据处理器1030。上述实施例中的处理模块610可以是图10中的该处理器1010,并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的处理模块610可以是图10中的发送数据处理器1020,和/或接收数据处理器1030。虽然图10中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。In this embodiment, the device shown in FIG. 10 can be referred to. As an example, the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 610 in FIG. 6. In FIG. 10, the device includes a processor 1010, a data sending processor 1020, and a data receiving processor 1030. The processing module 610 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1010 in FIG. 10, and completes corresponding functions. The processing module 610 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1020 and/or the receiving data processor 1030 in FIG. 10. Although the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 10, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
图11示出本实施例的另一种形式。通信装置1100中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的,该调制子系统可以包括处理器1103,接口1104。其中处理器1103完成上述处理模块610的功能,接口1104完成上述收发模块620的功能。作为另一种变形,该调制子系统包括存储器1106、处理器1103及存储在存储器1106上并可在处理器上运行的程序,该处理器1103执行该程序时实现上述方法实施例中终端的方法。需要注意的是,所述存储器1106可以是非易失性的,也可以是易失性的,其位置可以位于调制子系统内部,也可以位于处理装置1200中,只要该存储器1106可以连接到所述处理器1103即可。Fig. 11 shows another form of this embodiment. The communication device 1100 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The communication device in this embodiment can be used as the modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1103 and an interface 1104. The processor 1103 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 610, and the interface 1104 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 620. As another variation, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1106, a processor 1103, and a program stored on the memory 1106 and running on the processor. The processor 1103 implements the method of the terminal in the above method embodiment when the program is executed. . It should be noted that the memory 1106 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1200, as long as the memory 1106 can be connected to the The processor 1103 is sufficient.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,具体的,通信系统包括网络设备和终端,或者还可以包括更多个网络设备和多个终端。示例性的,通信系统包括用于实现上述图5的相关功能的网络设备和终端The embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system. Specifically, the communication system includes a network device and a terminal, or may also include more network devices and multiple terminals. Exemplarily, the communication system includes network equipment and terminals for realizing the above-mentioned related functions of FIG. 5
所述网络设备分别用于实现上述图5相关网络部分的功能。所述终端用于实现上述图5相关终端的功能。具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。The network devices are respectively used to implement the functions of the relevant network part of FIG. 5 above. The terminal is used to implement the functions of the terminal related to FIG. 5 described above. For details, please refer to the relevant description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图5中网络设备执行的方法;或者当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图5中终端执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 5; or when it runs on a computer, cause the computer to execute The method executed by the terminal in Figure 5.
本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行图5中网络设备执行的方法;或者当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行 图5中终端执行的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method executed by the network device in FIG. 5; or when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute FIG. 5 The method executed by the terminal.
本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述方法中网络设备或终端的功能;或者用于实现前述方法中网络设备和终端的功能。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。The embodiments of the present application provide a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the functions of the network device or terminal in the foregoing method; or is used to implement the functions of the network device and terminal in the foregoing method. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
应理解,本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a、b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application can be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c It can be single or multiple.
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一放松测量策略和第二放松测量策略,只是为了区分不同的测量,而并不是表示这两种策略的优先级、或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless otherwise stated, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance. For example, the first relaxation measurement strategy and the second relaxation measurement strategy are only for distinguishing different measurements, but do not indicate the difference in priority or importance of the two strategies.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. accomplish. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计 算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.
●Relaxation of measurement/cell identification/evaluation requirements●Relaxation of measurement/cell identification/evaluation requirements
In RAN4 three scenarios are listed,In RAN4 three scenarios are listed,
–#1:Low mobility scenario--#1:Low mobility scenario
–#2:Not in cell-edge scenario--#2:Not in cell-edge scenario
–#3:Low-mobility+Not in cell-edge scenario--#3:Low-mobility+Not in cell-edge scenario
It was agreed in the last RAN4 meeting[1]that the RRM measurement relaxation will be applied for scenario#1 and#2.It was agreed in the last RAN4 meeting[1] that the RRM measurement relaxation will be applied for scenario#1 and#2.
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000004
Regarding how to relax the measurement,the power consumption results were discussed during SI phase.The details of simulation assumption are in annex which is captured in TS38.840.The simulation results are given in Table 1[3].Table 1gives the power saving gain when extending measurement periodicity.Regarding how to relax the measurement, the power consumption results were discussed during SI phase. The details of simulation assumption are in annex which is captured in TS38.840. The simulation results are given3 in the Table. gain when extending measurement periodicity.
Table 1.Power saving gain when extending measurement periodicityTable 1. Power saving gain when extending measurement periodicity
 To DRX=0.32DRX=0.32 DRX=0.64DRX=0.64 DRX=1.28sDRX=1.28s DRX=2.56DRX=2.56
N=4N=4 27.9%27.9% 24.75%24.75% 19.7%19.7% 14.2%14.2%
N=8N=8 32.5%32.5% 28.628.6 23.0%23.0% 16.5%16.5%
It can be observed that extending N times of measurement interval can bring obvious power saving gain.When the DRX is larger,the gain got from 8 times extension compared with 4 times extension is not outstanding.As network may have different preference in different scenario,the flexible method is that the extension factor is configured by network.For example,network can configure different relaxation factor for different scenario.Or the relaxation factor can also consider the UE mobility degree or location etc.The relaxation factor can be within the range of{2,8}.It can be observed that extending N times of measurement interval can bring obvious power saving gain. When the DRX is larger, the gain got from 8 times extension compared with 4 times may be different out of standing network not standing different the flexible method is that the extension factor is configured by network. For example, network can configure different relaxation factor for different scenario. Or the relaxation factor can also consider the UE mobility factor degree or location etc. {2,8}.
Proposal 1:The extension factor for relaxed measurement can be configured by network for scenarioProposal 1: The extension factor for relaxed measurement can be configured by network for scenario #1 and#2.#1 and#2.
In the last meeting,RAN2 sent an LS to RAN4[2].The agreement was duplicated as below,In the last meeting, RAN2 sent an LS to RAN4[2]. The agreement was duplicated as below,
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000006
RAN2 has agreed that network indicates option a or option b.For option a,it was already agreed at RAN4#93 meeting that UE is not required to meet the intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell measurement requirements for scenario#3.So the UE behaviour is clear.RAN2 has aggregated that network indicators option a or option b. For option a, it was already already agreed at RAN4#93 meeting that UE is not required to meet the intra-frequency and inter-frequency neigh-frequency and inter-frequency measures #3 the UE behavior is clear.
For option b when network configures the parameters of both low mobility and not-at-cell-edge criteria,UE can perform relaxation when either low mobility or not-at-cell-edge criterion is fulfilled.If both criteria are satisfied,we don’t think that UE shall stop measurement in this case.Since network indicates option b to UE,it means that network expects relaxation measurement and expects the measurement results reported by UE.Otherwise network will indicate option a to UE.So if both criteria are satisfied,UE can choose any one,it is up to UE implementation.For option b when network configures the parameters of both low mobility and not-at-cell-edge criteria, UE can perform relaxation when either low mobility or not-at-cell-edge criteria is fulfilled. If both don criteria are fulfilled. 't think that UE shall stop measurement in this case. Since network indicators option b to UE, it means that network expects relaxation measurement and expects the measurement results reported by UE Otherwise to the network society. satisfied, UE can choose any one, it is up to UE implementation.
Proposal 2:When network configures the parameters of both low mobility and not-at-cell-edge criteria,Proposal 2: When network configures the parameters of both low mobility and not-at-cell-edge criteria,
-if network indicates option a,UE stops intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell  measurements when both criteria are fulfilled. -if network indicates option a,UE stops intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell measurements when both criteria are fulfilled.
-if network indicates option b,UE performs corresponding relaxed measurement according to  which criteria is met.If both criteria are satisfied,it is left to UE implementation to choose one (either low mobility or not-at cell-edge)and perform the corresponding relaxed measurements. -if network indicates option b,UE performs corresponding relaxed measurement according to which criteria is met.If both criteria are satisfied,it is left to UE implementation to choose one (either low mobility or not-at cell-edge)and perform the corresponding relaxed measurements.
In NB Iot,the following relaxed monitoring measurement rules are specified in TS 36.304.The time interval since the last measurement for cell reselection is defined as 24 hours.In NB Iot, the following relaxed monitoring measurement rules are specified in TS 36.304. The time interval since the last measurement for cell reselection is defined as 24 hours.
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000007
In power saving,if both criteria are satisfied and option a is indicated by network,UE will stop intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell measurements.In this case the interval since last measurement for cell reselection shall be considered.Obviously the 24 hours is not suitable for power saving UE.This value shall consider the network deployment,propagation environment,UE mobility direction,UE speed,UE location and etc.Too long interval may impact UE mobility performance and too short value will reduce the power saving gain.Generally we think time interval for measurement  relaxation(stop measurements)since last measurement for cell reselection is minutes level.In power saving, if both criteria are satisfied and option a is indicated by network, UE will stop intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell measurements. In this case the interval since last measure for cell reselectionlys the hall before 24 hours. is not suitable for power saving UE. This value shall consider the network deployment, propagation, environment, UE mobility direction, UE speed, UE location and etc. Too long interval may impact UE mobility performance and power reduction short value the will. Generally we think time interval for measurement relaxation (stop measurements) since last measurement for cell reselection is minutes level.
Proposal 3:Time interval for measurement relaxation(stop measurements)since last measurement for  cell reselection is minutes level. Proposal 3: Time interval for measurement relaxation(stop measurements) since last measurement for cell reselection is minutes level.
●RRM measurement relaxation for inter-frequency layer with higher priority●RRM measurement relaxation for inter-frequency layer with higher priority
RAN4 discussed the RRM measurement for inter-frequency layer with higher priority during last meeting.Three options are captured in[1]as following.RAN4 discussed the RRM measurement for inter-frequency layer with higher priority during last meeting. Three options are captured in[1]as following.
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000008
In parallel,RAN2 was discussing the same issue as well[2].In parallel, RAN2 was discussing the same issue as well[2].
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000009
In current specification if Srxlev>S nonIntraSearchP and Squal>S nonIntraSearchQ then the UE shall search for inter-RAT E-UTRAN layers of higher priority at least every T higher_priority_search where T higher_priority_search=(60*N layers)seconds.The requirements for this case is already very relaxed,so the benefit of further relaxation is negligible. In current specification if Srxlev>S nonIntraSearchP and Squal>S nonIntraSearchQ then the UE shall search for inter-RAT E-UTRAN layers of higher priority at least every T higher_priority_search where T higher_priority_search =(60*N layers )seconds.The requirements for this case is already very relaxed, so the benefit of further relaxation is negligible.
For the case where Srxlev<S nonIntraSearchP or Squal<S nonIntraSearchQ,the UE behaviour is to perform measure inter-frequency layers of higher,equal or lower priority layers.In the current specification,the measurement requirements for higher,equal or lower priority layers is the same in this case.In power saving scenario,the power saving benefit can be foreseen if the measurement of higher priority layers is relaxed(the gain is shown in table 1).In addition,the measurement result validity due to the measurement relaxation on higher priority is not a big issue.Since the power saving trigger criteria is specified for low mobility or not-at-cell edge scenario,in both cases,there is no strong command of obtaining fast measurement results.However if different priority layers(high,equal and lower)have the same requirements of measurement,this is contradictory with the motivation of introduction of different priority layers.So S rxlev≤S nonIntraSearchP or S qual≤S nonIntraSearchQ,the relaxed requirement for the frequency layer of higher priority can use different relaxed measurement requirement as those for the frequency layer of equal/lower priority. For the case where Srxlev<S nonIntraSearchP or Squal<S nonIntraSearchQ ,the UE behaviour is to perform measure inter-frequency layers of higher,equal or lower priority layers.In the current specification,the measurement requirements for higher,equal or lower priority layers is the same in this case.In power saving scenario,the power saving benefit can be foreseen if the measurement of higher priority layers is relaxed(the gain is shown in table 1).In addition,the measurement result validity due to the measurement relaxation on higher priority is not a big issue.Since the power saving trigger criteria is specified for low mobility or not-at-cell edge scenario,in both cases,there is no strong command of obtaining fast measurement results.However if different priority layers( high,equal and lower)have the same requirements of measurement,this is contradictory with the motivation of introduction of different priority layers.So S rxlev ≤S nonIntraSearchP or S qual ≤S nonIntraSearchQ ,the rel axed requirement for the frequency layer of higher priority can use different relaxed measurement requirement as those for the frequency layer of equal/lower priority.
Proposal 4:When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,no relaxation of the  current measurement delay requirement is expected for inter-frequency measurement with higher  priority.When Srxlev≤SnonIntraSearchP or Squal≤SnonIntraSearchQ,the relaxed  requirement for the frequency layer of higher priority can use the different relaxed measurement  requirement as those for the frequency layer of equal/lower priority. Proposal 4:When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,no relaxation of the current measurement delay requirement is expected for inter-frequency measurement with higher priority.When Srxlev≤SnonIntraSearchP or Squal≤SnonIntraSearchQ, the relaxed requirement for the frequency layer of higher priority can use the different relaxed measurement requirement as those for the frequency layer of equal/lower priority.
●Reducing the frequency layer number●Reducing the frequency layer number
Paging occasion is essential and can not be missed from UE point of view.In theory,UE can perform intra-frequency measurement during the paging occasion,which means that intra-frequency measurement doesn’t introduce extra large power consumption.Paging occasion is essential and can not be missed from UE point of view. In theory, UE can perform intra-frequency measurement during the paging occasion, which means that intra-frequency measurement doesn’t introduce extra power.
For inter-frequency measurement,UE needs to wake up additionally during DRX-OFF in order to avoid the degradation on the paging reception.As we know,the measurement requirements for inter-frequency are scaling with the frequency number.It means that the normalized power is not increased when multiple inter-frequency layers are configured.For inter-frequency measurement, UE needs to wake up additionally during DRX-OFF in order to avoid the degradation on the paging reception. As we know, the measurement requirements for inter-frequency are scaling with the frequency that it’s normalized number. power is not increased when multiple inter-frequency layers are configured.
Proposal 5:Reducing the inter-frequency layers for measurement in idle mode can not bring power  saving gain. Proposal 5: Reducing the inter-frequency layers for measurement in idle mode can not bring power saving gain.
●Impact on early measurement reporting●Impact on early measurement reporting
Early measurement reporting is introduced in CA/DC enhancement.The intention of EMR is to fasten the CA/DC setup when UE enters to connected mode.If UE is in power saving mode,the normal measurement may be impacted.There are two cases to be discussed separately.Early measurement reporting is introduced in CA/DC enhancement. The intention of EMR is to fasten the CA/DC setup when UE enters to connected mode. If UE is in power saving mode, the normal to impact. be discussed separately.
In scenario#1 and#2,the relaxation measurement shall be performed.In our understanding,EMR is not an urgent functionality and the measurement result derived from relaxation measurement on the carriers indicated by EMR configuration can still be applied in EMR.In scenario#1 and#2, the relaxation measurement shall be performed. In our understanding, EMR is not an urgent functionality and the measurement result derived from the relaxation measurement on the carriers indicated by the EMR can still be configured by EMR.
Proposal 6:In scenario#1 and#2,the measurement result derived from relaxation measurement can  still be applied in EMR. Proposal 6: In scenario#1 and#2, the measurement result derived from relaxation measurement can still be applied in EMR.
In scenario#3,UE may stop the neighbour cell measurements when UE is in power saving mode.However if the UE was configured with EMR configuration in RRC release as well,UE has no information about the neighbour cell measurement results when UE is going to enter RRC connected mode.For this case UE may need to establish CA or DC due to service load.It is reasonable to perform EMR measurement.Considering the power saving,UE can perform relaxation measurement.In scenario#3, UE may stop the neighbor cell measurements when UE is in power saving mode. However, if the UE was configured with EMR configuration in RRC release as well, UE has no information when UE is in power saving mode. enter RRC connected mode. For this case UE may need to establish CA or DC due to service load. It is reasonable to perform EMR measurement. Considering the power saving, UE can perform relaxation measurement.
Proposal 7:In scenario#3,when UE is configured with EMR,UE will perform relaxation  measurements. Proposal 7:In scenario#3,when UE is configured with EMR,UE will perform relaxation measurements.
●RRM impact due to cross-slot scheduling power saving technique●RRM impact due to cross-slot scheduling power saving technology
RAN1 is discussing the cross-slot scheduling power saving during last meeting.The framework of the impact the BWP switching is basically shown in the followings(duplicated from RAN1 chairman notes).RAN1 is discussing the cross-slot scheduling power saving during last meeting. The framework of the impact the BWP switching is basically shown in the followings (duplicated from RAN1 chairman notes).
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000010
Thus in RAN4 it is no need to discuss extending the BWP switching delay.In other words,the DCI based BWP switching delay requirements in RAN4 is unchanged.Thus in RAN4 it is no need to discuss extending the BWP switching delay. In other words, the DCI based BWP switching delay requirements in RAN4 is unchanged.
Proposal 8:The DCI based BWP switching delay requirements in RAN4 is not impacted by cross-slot  scheduling. Proposal 8: The DCI based BWP switching delay requirements in RAN4 is not impacted by cross-slot scheduling.
This contribution provides the discussion on measurement relaxation in power saving.The proposals are provided as below:This contribution provides the discussion on measurement relaxation in power saving. The proposals are provided as below:
Proposal 1:The extension factor for relaxed measurement can be configured by network for scenarioProposal 1: The extension factor for relaxed measurement can be configured by network for scenario #1 and#2.#1 and#2.
Proposal 2:When network configures the parameters of both low mobility and not-at-cell-edge criteria,Proposal 2: When network configures the parameters of both low mobility and not-at-cell-edge criteria,
-if network indicates option a,UE stops intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell  measurements when both criteria are fulfilled. -if network indicates option a,UE stops intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbour cell measurements when both criteria are fulfilled.
-if network indicates option b,UE performs corresponding relaxed measurement according to  which criteria is met.If both criteria are satisfied,it is left to UE implementation to choose one (either low mobility or not-at cell-edge)and perform the corresponding relaxed measurements. -if network indicates option b,UE performs corresponding relaxed measurement according to which criteria is met.If both criteria are satisfied,it is left to UE implementation to choose one (either low mobility or not-at cell-edge)and perform the corresponding relaxed measurements.
Proposal 3:Time interval for measurement relaxation(stop measurements)since last measurement for  cell reselection is minutes level. Proposal 3: Time interval for measurement relaxation(stop measurements) since last measurement for cell reselection is minutes level.
Proposal 4:When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,no relaxation of the  current measurement delay requirement is expected for inter-frequency measurement with higher  priority.When Srxlev≤SnonIntraSearchP or Squal≤SnonIntraSearchQ,the relaxed  requirement for the frequency layer of higher priority can use the different relaxed measurement  requirement as those for the frequency layer of equal/lower priority. Proposal 4:When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,no relaxation of the current measurement delay requirement is expected for inter-frequency measurement with higher priority.When Srxlev≤SnonIntraSearchP or Squal≤SnonIntraSearchQ, the relaxed requirement for the frequency layer of higher priority can use the different relaxed measurement requirement as those for the frequency layer of equal/lower priority.
Proposal 5:Reducing the inter-frequency layers for measurement in idle mode can not bring power  saving gain. Proposal 5: Reducing the inter-frequency layers for measurement in idle mode can not bring power saving gain.
Proposal 6:In scenario#1 and#2,the measurement result derived from relaxation measurement can  still be applied in EMR. Proposal 6: In scenario#1 and#2, the measurement result derived from relaxation measurement can still be applied in EMR.
Proposal 7:In scenario#3,when UE is configured with EMR,UE will perform relaxation  measurements. Proposal 7:In scenario#3,when UE is configured with EMR,UE will perform relaxation measurements.
Proposal 8:The DCI based BWP switching delay requirements in RAN4 is not impacted by cross-slot  scheduling. Proposal 8: The DCI based BWP switching delay requirements in RAN4 is not impacted by cross-slot scheduling.
Table 18:UE power consumption model for FR1Table 18: UE power consumption model for FR1
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000011
Table 22:UE power consumption for the RRM measurementsTable 22: UE power consumption for the RRM measurements
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000012
Table 24:UE power consumption of the combined neighbor cell measurements and cell searchTable 24: UE power consumption of the combined neighbor cell measurements and cell search
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2021083436-appb-000013
放松测量/小区识别/评估要求,主要有三种场景。There are three main scenarios for relaxing the measurement/cell identification/evaluation requirements.
#1:低移动性场景#1: Low mobility scene
#2:小区边缘场景不使用#2: Not used in cell edge scenarios
#3:低速+非边缘场景#3: Low speed + non-edge scene
RRM放松方法对场景#1和场景#2的适用性:Applicability of RRM relaxation method to scenario #1 and scenario #2:
场景#1:scene 1:
协议-RRM测量放松加长Agreement-RRM measurement relaxation and lengthening
场景二:Scene two:
协议-RRM测量放松加长Agreement-RRM measurement relaxation and lengthening
测量间隔缩放因子FFSMeasurement interval scaling factor FFS
选项1:固定值Option 1: Fixed value
场景#1和场景#2的FFS值相同Scene #1 and Scene #2 have the same FFS value
场景#1和场景#2的单独值有待进一步研究The individual values of scene #1 and scene #2 are for further study
Option2:网络可配值Option2: network configurable value
RRM放松方法对场景#1和场景#2的适用性:讨论了如何放宽测量,在SI阶段功耗结果进行了讨论。仿真假设的细节在TS38.840的附件中。仿真结果如表1[3]所示。表1给出了延长测量周期时的省电增益。Applicability of the RRM relaxation method to scenario #1 and scenario #2: How to relax the measurement is discussed, and the power consumption results in the SI phase are discussed. The details of the simulation assumptions are in the attachment of TS38.840. The simulation results are shown in Table 1 [3]. Table 1 shows the power saving gain when the measurement period is extended.
表1.延长测量周期的省电增益Table 1. Power saving gain for extending the measurement period
 To DRX=0.32DRX=0.32 DRX=0.64DRX=0.64 DRX=1.28sDRX=1.28s DRX=2.56DRX=2.56
N=4N=4 27.9%27.9% 24.75%24.75% 19.7%19.7% 14.2%14.2%
N=8N=8 32.5%32.5% 28.628.6 23.0%23.0% 16.5%16.5%
可以看出,延长N倍的测量间隔可以带来明显的节能增益。当DRX越大,8倍扩展比4倍扩展的增益不明显。由于网络在不同场景下可能有不同的偏好,因此灵活的方法是按网络配置扩展因子。例如,网络可以针对不同的场景配置不同的放松因子。或者,放松因子也可以考虑UE的移动程度或位置等。放松因子的取值范围为{2,8}。建议1:针对场景#1和#2,可以按网络配置宽松测量扩展因子。在上次会议上,RAN2向RAN4[2]发送了一个LS。协议复制如下:It can be seen that extending the measurement interval by N times can bring significant energy-saving gains. When the DRX is larger, the gain of 8 times expansion is less obvious than that of 4 times expansion. Since the network may have different preferences in different scenarios, a flexible method is to configure the expansion factor according to the network. For example, the network can configure different relaxation factors for different scenarios. Alternatively, the relaxation factor may also consider the degree of movement or location of the UE. The value range of relaxation factor is {2,8}. Recommendation 1: For scenarios #1 and #2, the expansion factor can be loosely measured according to the network configuration. In the last meeting, RAN2 sent an LS to RAN4[2]. The agreement is reproduced as follows:
RAN2讨论了与NR节能RRM测量相关的问题,并达成了以下协议:1.网络侧广播相应的放松触发准则参数,开启RRM测量放松特性。2.当网络同时配置低移动性和非边缘准则参数时。UE可以根据网络指示的以下选项之一进行测量放松:-选项a:UE使用低移动性标准和非小区边缘标准,即:只有同时满足这两个条件,UE才能执行放松。具体 的放松行为取决于RAN4的讨论和决策;-选项b:UE使用低移动性标准或非小区边缘标准(选择可以留给UE实现),即:当满足低移动性或非小区边缘准则时,UE可以进行放松。而详细的放松行为与网络仅配置标准的情况相同RAN2 discussed the issues related to NR energy-saving RRM measurement, and reached the following agreement: 1. The network side broadcasts the corresponding relaxation trigger criterion parameter, and turns on the RRM measurement relaxation feature. 2. When the network is configured with low mobility and non-edge criterion parameters at the same time. The UE can perform measurement relaxation according to one of the following options indicated by the network:-Option a: The UE uses a low mobility standard and a non-cell edge standard, that is, the UE can perform relaxation only if these two conditions are met at the same time. The specific relaxation behavior depends on the discussion and decision of RAN4;-Option b: UE uses low mobility standard or non-cell edge standard (the choice can be left to the UE to realize), that is: when the low mobility or non-cell edge criterion is met, The UE can relax. The detailed relaxation behavior is the same as when the network is only configured with standards
RAN2已经同意网络指示选项a或选项b。对于选项a,在RAN4#93会议上已经商定,不需要UE满足场景#3的同频和异频邻区测量要求。因此,UE的行为是明确的。对于选项b,当网络同时配置低移动性和非小区边缘准则的参数时,UE可以在满足低移动性或非小区边缘准则时执行放松。如果两个标准都满足,我们认为在这种情况下UE不会停止测量。由于网络向UE指示选项b,这意味着网络期望放松测量并期望UE报告的测量结果。否则,网络将向UE指示选项a。因此,如果两个标准都满足,UE可以选择任意一个,这取决于UE实现。RAN2 has agreed to the network indicating option a or option b. For option a, it has been agreed in the RAN4#93 meeting that the UE does not need to meet the same-frequency and inter-frequency adjacent cell measurement requirements of scenario #3. Therefore, the behavior of the UE is clear. For option b, when the network configures the parameters of low mobility and non-cell edge criteria at the same time, the UE can perform relaxation when the low mobility or non-cell edge criteria are met. If both criteria are met, we believe that the UE will not stop measurement in this case. Since the network indicates option b to the UE, this means that the network expects to relax the measurement and expects the measurement result reported by the UE. Otherwise, the network will indicate option a to the UE. Therefore, if both criteria are met, the UE can choose either one, depending on the UE implementation.
建议2:当网络同时配置了低移动性和非边缘小区标准参数时,-如果网络指示选项a,则当满足这两个标准时,UE停止同频和异频邻区测量。-如果网络指示选项b,则UE根据满足哪些条件执行相应的宽松测量。如果满足这两个条件,则由UE实现选择一个(低移动性或非边缘小区)并执行相应的宽松测量。NB-IoT中,以下宽松时延的监控测量规则在TS 36.304中定义。距离上次小区重选测量的时间间隔定义为24小时。Recommendation 2: When the network is configured with low mobility and non-edge cell standard parameters at the same time,-if the network indicates option a, when these two standards are met, the UE stops the same-frequency and inter-frequency adjacent cell measurement. -If the network indicates option b, the UE performs the corresponding loose measurement according to which conditions are met. If these two conditions are met, the UE selects one (low mobility or non-edge cell) and performs the corresponding loose measurement. In NB-IoT, the following loose delay monitoring and measurement rules are defined in TS 36.304. The time interval from the last cell reselection measurement is defined as 24 hours.
5.2.4.12.0宽松监控度量规则当要求UE根据5.2.4.2或5.2.4.2a小节中的测量规则执行同频或异频测量时,在以下情况下,UE可以选择不执行同频或异频测量:-在TSearchDeltaP期间满足5.2.4.12.1小节中的宽松监控标准,并且-自上次执行小区重选测量以来,已经过去了不到24小时,并且-UE在选择或重选到新小区后,至少进行了TSearchDeltaP次同频或异频测量。5.2.4.12.0 Loose monitoring measurement rules When the UE is required to perform intra-frequency or inter-frequency measurement according to the measurement rules in subsection 5.2.4.2 or 5.2.4.2a, the UE can choose not to perform intra-frequency or inter-frequency measurement in the following cases Measurement:-Meet the loose monitoring criteria in section 5.2.4.12.1 during TSearchDeltaP, and-Less than 24 hours have passed since the last cell reselection measurement was performed, and-The UE is selecting or reselecting to a new cell After that, at least TSearchDeltaP same-frequency or different-frequency measurements were performed.
在省电模式中,如果两个条件都满足,且网络指示了选项a,则UE将停止同频和异频邻区测量。在这种情况下,应该考虑从上次小区重选测量开始的间隔。很明显,24小时不适合省电终端。这个值应该考虑网络部署、传播环境、UE移动方向、UE速度、UE位置等。周期配置过长会影响UE的移动性能,周期配置过短会降低省电增益。一般来说,我们认为测量放松(停止测量)的时间间隔,因为上次测量小区重选是分钟级。建议3:从上次小区重选测量开始,测量放松(停止测量)的时间间隔为分钟级。l RRM测量放松优先级高的异频层RAN4讨论了异频层优先级更高的RRM测量。In the power saving mode, if both conditions are met, and the network indicates option a, the UE will stop the same-frequency and inter-frequency neighbor cell measurement. In this case, the interval from the last cell reselection measurement should be considered. Obviously, 24 hours is not suitable for power saving terminals. This value should consider network deployment, propagation environment, UE moving direction, UE speed, UE location, etc. Too long a period configuration will affect the UE's mobility performance, and a too short period configuration will reduce the power saving gain. Generally speaking, we consider the time interval of measurement relaxation (stop measurement), because the last measurement of cell reselection was in the order of minutes. Recommendation 3: Starting from the last cell reselection measurement, the time interval for measurement relaxation (measurement stop) is on the order of minutes. l RRM measurement relaxation of the inter-frequency layer with higher priority RAN4 discussed the RRM measurement with higher priority in the inter-frequency layer.
"RRM测量放松高优先级异频层选项1:"当Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP且Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ时,对于更高优先级的异频测量,不期望放宽当前测量时延要求。"当Srxlev d SnonIntraSearchP或Squal d SnonIntraSearchQ时,对高优先级频率层的宽松测量要求与对等/低优先级频率层的宽松测量要求相同。备选2:"在高速移动场景下,高优先级载波的测量不应放松(场景#2)选项3:"不应放松对优先度较高的承运人的衡量。"RRM measurement relax high-priority inter-frequency layer option 1:" When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, for higher-priority inter-frequency measurements, it is not expected to relax the current measurement delay requirements. "When Srxlev d SnonIntraSearchP or Squal d SnonIntraSearchQ, the loose measurement requirements for the high-priority frequency layer are the same as the loose measurement requirements for the peer/low-priority frequency layer. Alternative 2: "In high-speed mobile scenarios, high priority Carrier measurement should not be relaxed (Scenario #2) Option 3: "The measurement of higher priority carriers should not be relaxed.
1.高优先级频点是否宽松,取决于网络配置。关于如何进行配置,有待进一步研究。RAN2正在讨论高优先级测量放松指示,并想询问RAN4关于高优先级载波放松行为:一、对于Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP且Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ的情况,如果满足RAN2定义的放松准则,RAN4是否设想进一步放宽比Thigher_priority_search更高优先级载波的测量?二、对于Srxlev<SnonIntraSearchP或Squal<SnonIntraSearchQ的情况,如果满足RAN2定义的放松标准,是否有性能或系统优势只放松同等/低优先级载波的测量,而不放松高优先级载波的测量?1. Whether the high-priority frequency point is loose or not depends on the network configuration. Regarding how to configure, further study is needed. RAN2 is discussing high-priority measurement relaxation instructions, and would like to ask RAN4 about the relaxation behavior of high-priority carriers: 1. For the situation of Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, if the relaxation criteria defined by RAN2 are met, does RAN4 envisage further relaxation than Higher_priority_search Measurement of higher priority carriers? 2. For the case of Srxlev<SnonIntraSearchP or Squal<SnonIntraSearchQ, if the relaxation standard defined by RAN2 is met, is there a performance or system advantage that only relaxes the measurement of the same/low priority carrier, but not the measurement of the high priority carrier?
在目前的规范中,如果Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP且Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ,则UE应至少在每个Thigher_priority_search中搜索具有较高优先级的异系统E-UTRAN层,其中Thigher_priority_search=(60*Nlayers)秒后生效。对于这种情况,要求已经很宽松了,所以进一步放宽的好处可以忽略不计。对于Srxlev<SnonIntraSearchP或Squal<SnonIntraSearchQ的情况,UE行为是测量具有较高、相同或较低优先级层的异频层。在当前规范中,对于高优先级、等优先级或低优先级的测量要求在此情况下是相同的。在节能场景下,如果放松对高优先级层的测量,可以预见节能收益(如表1所示)。此外,由于测量放宽到更高的优先级,因此测量结果的有效性不是大问题。由于节能触发标准被指定为低。In the current specification, if Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, the UE should at least search for the different system E-UTRAN layer with higher priority in each Higher_priority_search, where Higher_priority_search=(60*Nlayers) takes effect after seconds. In this case, the requirements are already very relaxed, so the benefits of further relaxation are negligible. In the case of Srxlev<SnonIntraSearchP or Squal<SnonIntraSearchQ, the UE behavior is to measure inter-frequency layers with higher, same or lower priority layers. In the current specification, the measurement requirements for high priority, equal priority, or low priority are the same in this case. In the energy-saving scenario, if the measurement of high-priority tiers is relaxed, energy-saving benefits can be foreseen (as shown in Table 1). In addition, since the measurement is relaxed to a higher priority, the validity of the measurement results is not a big issue. Because the energy saving trigger standard is designated as low.
建议4:当Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP且Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ时,对高优先级的异频测量不放宽当前测量时延要求。当Srxlev d SnonIntraSearchP或Squal d SnonIntraSearchQ时,对高优先级频率层宽松测量需求与等/低优先级频率层宽松测量需求不同。Recommendation 4: When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, do not relax the current measurement delay requirements for high-priority inter-frequency measurement. When Srxlev d SnonIntraSearchP or Squal d SnonIntraSearchQ, the loose measurement requirements for the high-priority frequency layer are different from the loose measurement requirements for the equal/low-priority frequency layer.
减少频率层数从UE的角度来看,寻呼时机是必不可少的,不能错过。理论上,UE可以在寻呼时刻进行同频测量,这意味着同频测量不会引入额外的大功耗。对于异频测量,UE需要在DRX-OFF期间额外唤醒,以避免寻呼接收下降。我们知道,对异频的测量要求是随着频率数目而缩放。即当异频层数大于1层时,不抬升归一化功率。Reducing the number of frequency layers From the perspective of the UE, the paging opportunity is indispensable and cannot be missed. In theory, the UE can perform co-frequency measurement at the paging moment, which means that co-frequency measurement will not introduce additional large power consumption. For inter-frequency measurement, the UE needs to wake up during the DRX-OFF period to avoid a decrease in paging reception. We know that the measurement requirements for different frequencies scale with the number of frequencies. That is, when the number of inter-frequency layers is greater than one layer, the normalized power is not raised.
建议5:减少空闲态测量的异频层数,无法带来节能增益。Recommendation 5: Reduce the number of inter-frequency layers for idle state measurement, which cannot bring energy-saving gains.
对早期测量报告的影响CA/DC增强引入提前上报测量报告功能。EMR的目的是在UE进入连接态时加快CA/DC的建立。如果UE处于省电模式,可能会影响正常的测量。有两种情况需要分别讨论。在场景#1和#2中,应执行放松测量。据我们了解,EMR并不是一个迫切的功能,在EMR配置指示的载波上进行弛豫测量得到的测量结果仍然可以应用于EMR。Impact on Early Measurement Reports CA/DC is enhanced to introduce the function of reporting early measurement reports. The purpose of EMR is to speed up the establishment of CA/DC when the UE enters the connected state. If the UE is in the power saving mode, it may affect the normal measurement. There are two situations that need to be discussed separately. In scenes #1 and #2, relaxation measurement should be performed. As far as we know, EMR is not an urgent function. The measurement results obtained by performing relaxation measurements on the carrier indicated by the EMR configuration can still be applied to EMR.
提案6:在场景#1和#2中,放松测量得到的测量结果仍可应用于EMR。在场景#3中,当UE处于省电模式时,UE可以停止邻区测量。然而,如果UE在RRC释放中也配置了EMR配置,则当UE准备进入RRC连接模式时,UE没有关于邻区测量结果的信息。这种情况下,UE可能由于业务负载需要建立CA或DC。EMR测量是合理的。考虑到省电,UE可以进行放松测量。Proposal 6: In scenarios #1 and #2, the measurement results obtained from the relaxation measurement can still be applied to EMR. In scenario #3, when the UE is in the power saving mode, the UE can stop the neighbor cell measurement. However, if the UE also configures the EMR configuration in the RRC release, when the UE is ready to enter the RRC connected mode, the UE has no information about the neighbor cell measurement results. In this case, the UE may need to establish CA or DC due to traffic load. The EMR measurement is reasonable. Considering power saving, the UE can perform relaxation measurements.
建议7:在场景#3中,当UE配置EMR时,UE将执行放松测量。l跨时隙调度节能技术对RRM的影响RAN1上次会议正在讨论跨时隙调度节能。BWP切换的影响框架基本如下所示。Recommendation 7: In scenario #3, when the UE configures EMR, the UE will perform relaxation measurement. l The impact of cross-slot scheduling energy-saving technology on RRM RAN1 was discussing energy-saving cross-slot scheduling at the last meeting. The impact framework of BWP switching is basically as follows.
总结:"如果DCI格式1_1(或0_1)指示不同于激活的DL(或UL)BWP的目标DL(或UL)BWP。所述最小适用调度偏移指示域(如果存在于所述DCI格式中)指示应用于所述目标BWP的最小调度偏移限制。注:规格无需变更。Summary: "If the DCI format 1_1 (or 0_1) indicates a target DL (or UL) BWP different from the activated DL (or UL) BWP. The minimum applicable scheduling offset indication field (if present in the DCI format) Indicates the minimum scheduling offset limit applied to the target BWP. Note: The specifications do not need to be changed.
因此,在RAN4中,无需讨论延长BWP切换时延。换句话说,RAN4中基于DCI的BWP切换时延要求不变。建议8:RAN4中基于DCI的BWP切换时延要求不受跨时隙调度的影响。Therefore, in RAN4, there is no need to discuss extending the BWP handover delay. In other words, the DCI-based BWP handover delay requirement in RAN4 remains unchanged. Recommendation 8: BWP handover delay requirements based on DCI in RAN4 are not affected by cross-slot scheduling.
本文就节能中的测量放松问题进行了探讨。提议如下:建议1:针对场景#1和#2,可以按网络配置宽松测量扩展因子。This article discusses the measurement relaxation in energy saving. The proposal is as follows: Recommendation 1: For scenarios #1 and #2, the expansion factor can be loosely measured according to the network configuration.
建议2:当网络同时配置了低移动性和非边缘小区标准参数时,-如果网络指示选项a,则当满足这两个标准时,UE停止同频和异频邻区测量。-如果网络指示选项b,则UE根 据满足哪些条件执行相应的宽松测量。如果满足这两个条件,则由UE实现选择一个(低移动性或非边缘小区)并执行相应的宽松测量。Recommendation 2: When the network is configured with low mobility and non-edge cell standard parameters at the same time,-if the network indicates option a, when these two standards are met, the UE stops the same-frequency and inter-frequency adjacent cell measurement. -If the network indicates option b, the UE performs the corresponding loose measurement according to which conditions are met. If these two conditions are met, the UE selects one (low mobility or non-edge cell) and performs the corresponding loose measurement.
建议3:从上次小区重选测量开始,测量放松(停止测量)的时间间隔为分钟级。Recommendation 3: Starting from the last cell reselection measurement, the time interval for measurement relaxation (measurement stop) is on the order of minutes.
建议4:当Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP且Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ时,对高优先级的异频测量不放宽当前测量时延要求。当Srxlev d SnonIntraSearchP或Squal d SnonIntraSearchQ时,对高优先级频率层宽松测量需求与等/低优先级频率层宽松测量需求不同。Recommendation 4: When Srxlev>SnonIntraSearchP and Squal>SnonIntraSearchQ, do not relax the current measurement delay requirements for high-priority inter-frequency measurement. When Srxlev d SnonIntraSearchP or Squal d SnonIntraSearchQ, the loose measurement requirements for the high-priority frequency layer are different from the loose measurement requirements for the equal/low-priority frequency layer.
建议5:减少空闲态测量的异频层数,无法带来节能增益。Recommendation 5: Reduce the number of inter-frequency layers for idle state measurement, which cannot bring energy-saving gains.
提案6:在场景#1和#2中,放松测量得到的测量结果仍可应用于EMR。Proposal 6: In scenarios #1 and #2, the measurement results obtained from the relaxation measurement can still be applied to EMR.
建议7:在场景#3中,当UE配置EMR时,UE将执行放松测量。建议8:RAN4中基于DCI的BWP切换时延要求不受跨时隙调度的影响。Recommendation 7: In scenario #3, when the UE configures EMR, the UE will perform relaxation measurement. Recommendation 8: BWP handover delay requirements based on DCI in RAN4 are not affected by cross-slot scheduling.

Claims (31)

  1. 一种放松测量方法,其特征在于,包括:A relaxation measurement method, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景;The terminal switches from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene;
    所述终端采用目标放松测量策略,执行放松测量,其中,一种放松测量场景对应一种放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略包括与所述第二放松测量场景对应的放松测量策略。The terminal adopts a target relaxation measurement strategy to perform relaxation measurement, wherein one relaxation measurement scenario corresponds to a relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy includes a relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second relaxation measurement scenario.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一放松测量场景对应第一放松测量策略,所述第二放松测量场景对应第二放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略包括从所述第一放松测量策略切换到所述第二放松测量策略。The method of claim 1, wherein the first relaxation measurement scene corresponds to a first relaxation measurement strategy, the second relaxation measurement scene corresponds to a second relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy includes The first relaxation measurement strategy is switched to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗高于所述第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。3. The method of claim 2, wherein the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一放松测量场景对应第一放松测量策略,所述第二放松测量场景对应第二放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略包括在第一预设时长内执行第三放松测量策略,在所述第一预设时长之后,执行所述第二放松测量策略。The method of claim 1, wherein the first relaxation measurement scene corresponds to a first relaxation measurement strategy, the second relaxation measurement scene corresponds to a second relaxation measurement strategy, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is included in the first relaxation measurement strategy. The third relaxation measurement strategy is executed within a preset period of time, and the second relaxation measurement strategy is executed after the first preset period of time.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三放松测量策略包括所述第一放松测量策略;或者,The method of claim 4, wherein the third relaxation measurement strategy comprises the first relaxation measurement strategy; or,
    所述第三放松测量策略包括按照预设的至少一种测量参数执行放松测量,其中,所述至少一种测量参数包括如下参数的一种或多种:测量间隔、待测邻区的个数、待测邻区的待测频点的个数。The third relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter, where the at least one measurement parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, number of neighboring cells to be measured , The number of frequency points to be tested in the neighboring area to be tested.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,按照预设的至少一种测量参数执行放松测量,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein performing the relaxation measurement according to at least one preset measurement parameter comprises:
    按照第一测量参数的第一取值执行放松测量;或者,Perform relaxation measurement according to the first value of the first measurement parameter; or,
    按照第一测量参数的第二取值执行放松测量,其中,所述第二取值是按照预设规则调整所述第一取值获得的;Performing relaxation measurement according to a second value of the first measurement parameter, wherein the second value is obtained by adjusting the first value according to a preset rule;
    其中,所述第一测量参数为所述至少一种测量参数中的任意一种测量参数,第一取值为预设的所述第一测量参数的初始取值。Wherein, the first measurement parameter is any one of the at least one measurement parameter, and the first value is a preset initial value of the first measurement parameter.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设规则包括按照调整因子,依次递减所述第一取值;或者,所述预设规则包括按照调整因子,依次递增所述第一取值。The method according to claim 6, wherein the preset rule includes sequentially decreasing the first value according to an adjustment factor; or, the preset rule includes sequentially increasing the first value according to an adjustment factor. Value.
  8. 如权利要求4-7任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗低于所述第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。The method according to any one of claims 4-7, wherein the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is lower than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第三取值执行放松测量,所述第二放松测量策略包括按照所述第一测量参数的第四取值执行放松测量;其中,所述第一取值大于所述第二取值,所述第一取值大于所述第四取值,且所述第二取值大于或等于所述第四取值。The method according to claim 8, wherein the first relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to a third value of the first measurement parameter, and the second relaxation measurement strategy includes performing relaxation measurement according to the first measurement parameter. The fourth value of performing relaxation measurement; wherein, the first value is greater than the second value, the first value is greater than the fourth value, and the second value is greater than or equal to all The fourth value is described.
  10. 如权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一放松测量场景指示所述终端不在小区边缘且所述终端的移动速度低于预设阈值,所述第二放松测量场景指示所述终端不在小区边缘或者所述终端的移动速度低于预设阈值。The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of a cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold, and the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates The terminal is not at the edge of the cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold.
  11. 如权利要求4-7任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一放松测量策略所对应的能耗高于所述第二放松测量策略所对应的能耗。The method according to any one of claims 4-7, wherein the energy consumption corresponding to the first relaxation measurement strategy is higher than the energy consumption corresponding to the second relaxation measurement strategy.
  12. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一放松测量策略包括按照第一测量参数的第三取值执行放松测量,所述第二放松测量策略包括按照所述第一测量参数的第四取值执行放松测量;其中,The method according to claim 9, wherein the first relaxation measurement strategy comprises performing relaxation measurement according to a third value of the first measurement parameter, and the second relaxation measurement strategy comprises performing relaxation measurement according to the first measurement parameter. The fourth value of performs a relaxation measurement; among them,
    所述第一取值大于所述第二取值,且所述第一取值大于所述第三取值,且所述第二取值大于或等于所述第三取值;或者,The first value is greater than the second value, and the first value is greater than the third value, and the second value is greater than or equal to the third value; or,
    所述第一取值小于所述第二取值,且所述第一取值小于所述第三取值,且所述第二取值小于或等于所述第三取值。The first value is less than the second value, and the first value is less than the third value, and the second value is less than or equal to the third value.
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一放松测量场景指示所述终端不在小区边缘或者所述终端的移动速度低于预设阈值,所述第二放松测量场景指示所述终端不在小区边缘且所述终端的移动速度低于预设阈值。The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first relaxation measurement scenario indicates that the terminal is not at the edge of a cell or the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold, and the second relaxation measurement scenario indicates The terminal is not at the edge of the cell and the moving speed of the terminal is lower than a preset threshold.
  14. 如权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述放松测量包括无线资源管理RRM放松测量或无线电链路监视RLM放松测量。The method according to any one of claims 1-13, wherein the relaxation measurement comprises a radio resource management (RRM) relaxation measurement or a radio link monitoring (RLM) relaxation measurement.
  15. 如权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述目标放松测量策略。The terminal receives indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the target relaxation measurement strategy.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括测量参数,所述测量参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种:测量间隔,待测小区的个数,待测小区的待测频点个数。The method according to claim 15, wherein the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of cells to be tested. Number of frequency points to be tested.
  17. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息用于指示多种放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略为所述多种放松测量策略中的一种或多种。The method according to claim 15, wherein the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端在从所述第一放松测量场景切换到所述第二放松测量场景的情况下,执行所述目标放松测量策略。The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the instruction information is further used to instruct the terminal to perform all the steps when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene. Describe the target relaxation measurement strategy.
  19. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述终端切换放松测量策略所依据的切换准则,所述切换准则与所述目标放松测量策略对应,其中,所述切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,所述第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,所述第二准则指示优先保证通信质量。The method according to claim 15, wherein the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches a relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the handover criterion It includes a first criterion or a second criterion, where the first criterion indicates priority to save energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates priority to ensure communication quality.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括m比特信息,所述m大于或等于1;或者,The method according to claim 19, wherein the indication information comprises m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
    所述指示信息包括终端业务的优先级。The indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
  21. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端根据切换准则,确定所述目标放松测量策略,其中,所述切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,所述第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,所述第二准则指示优先保证通信质量,所述第一准则对应的放松测量策略与所述第二准则对应的放松测量策略不同。The terminal determines the target relaxation measurement strategy according to a handover criterion, wherein the handover criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion, the first criterion indicates priority to save energy consumption of the terminal, and the second criterion indicates priority To ensure communication quality, the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the first criterion is different from the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the second criterion.
  22. 一种放松测量方法,其特征在于,包括:A relaxation measurement method, characterized in that it comprises:
    网络设备确定指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示终端从第一放松测量场景切换到第二放松测量场景后,执行放松测量所要使用的目标放松测量策略;The network device determines instruction information, where the instruction information is used to instruct the terminal to execute the target relaxation measurement strategy to be used for the relaxation measurement after switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene;
    网络设备向终端发送所述指示信息。The network device sends the instruction information to the terminal.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括测量参数,所述测量参数包括如下参数中的一种或多种:测量间隔,待测小区的个数,待测小区的待测频点个 数。The method according to claim 22, wherein the indication information includes measurement parameters, and the measurement parameters include one or more of the following parameters: measurement interval, the number of cells to be tested, and the number of cells to be tested. Number of frequency points to be tested.
  24. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息用于指示多种放松测量策略,所述目标放松测量策略为所述多种放松测量策略中的一种或多种。The method of claim 22, wherein the indication information is used to indicate multiple relaxation measurement strategies, and the target relaxation measurement strategy is one or more of the multiple relaxation measurement strategies.
  25. 如权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息还用于指示所述终端在从所述第一放松测量场景切换到所述第二放松测量场景的情况下,执行所述目标放松测量策略。The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the indication information is further used to instruct the terminal to perform all the steps when switching from the first relaxation measurement scene to the second relaxation measurement scene. Describe the target relaxation measurement strategy.
  26. 如权利要求22或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述终端切换放松测量策略所依据的切换准则,所述切换准则与所述目标放松测量策略对应,其中,所述切换准则包括第一准则或第二准则,所述第一准则指示优先节约终端的能耗,所述第二准则指示优先保证通信质量,所述第一准则对应的放松测量策略与所述第二准则对应的放松测量策略不同。The method according to claim 22 or 24, wherein the indication information includes a handover criterion by which the terminal switches the relaxation measurement strategy, and the handover criterion corresponds to the target relaxation measurement strategy, wherein the The handover criterion includes a first criterion or a second criterion. The first criterion indicates that the energy consumption of the terminal is saved first, the second criterion indicates that the communication quality is guaranteed first, and the relaxation measurement strategy corresponding to the first criterion is the same as that of the second criterion. The criterion corresponds to a different relaxation measurement strategy.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括m比特信息,所述m大于或等于1;或者,The method according to claim 26, wherein the indication information comprises m-bit information, and the m is greater than or equal to 1; or,
    所述指示信息包括终端业务的优先级。The indication information includes the priority of the terminal service.
  28. 一种终端,其特征在于,所述终端包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序,使得所述终端执行如权利要求1~21任一项所述的方法。A terminal, characterized in that the terminal includes a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored on the memory, so that the terminal executes as claimed in the claims The method described in any one of 1-21.
  29. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行存储在所述存储器上的计算机程序,使得所述网络设备执行如权利要求22~27任一项所述的方法。A network device, characterized in that the network device includes a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored on the memory so that the network device executes The method according to any one of claims 22-27.
  30. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括如权利要求28所述的终端和如权利要求29所述的网络设备。A communication system, characterized in that the communication system comprises the terminal according to claim 28 and the network device according to claim 29.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序当被计算机执行时,使所述计算机执行如权利要求1~21或22~27中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer executes as claimed in claims 1-21 or 22-27. Any one of the methods described.
PCT/CN2021/083436 2020-03-31 2021-03-26 Measurement relax method, and communication apparatus WO2021197241A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010241083 2020-03-31
CN202010241083.9 2020-03-31
CN202010281665.XA CN113473556B (en) 2020-03-31 2020-04-10 Relaxation measurement method and communication device
CN202010281665.X 2020-04-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021197241A1 true WO2021197241A1 (en) 2021-10-07

Family

ID=77865868

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/083436 WO2021197241A1 (en) 2020-03-31 2021-03-26 Measurement relax method, and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113473556B (en)
WO (1) WO2021197241A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114586401A (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-06-03 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Measurement relaxation method, equipment, storage medium and device
US11856554B2 (en) 2022-03-07 2023-12-26 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Relaxation of UE measurements

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114980280A (en) * 2021-02-22 2022-08-30 维沃移动通信有限公司 Terminal state conversion method and device and terminal
WO2023060535A1 (en) * 2021-10-15 2023-04-20 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Cell measurement method and apparatus, message sending method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2023065097A1 (en) * 2021-10-19 2023-04-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method and communication apparatus
CN116325908A (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-06-23 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method, device and storage medium based on measurement relaxation mechanism
CN114503688A (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-05-13 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Measurement relaxation method, equipment, storage medium and device
CN116941270A (en) * 2022-02-21 2023-10-24 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Measurement relaxation method and device, storage medium and device
CN117539614A (en) * 2022-05-16 2024-02-09 荣耀终端有限公司 Resource scheduling method and electronic equipment

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105309001A (en) * 2014-04-03 2016-02-03 华为技术有限公司 Rrm measuring method and device in tdd system
WO2018069311A1 (en) * 2016-10-11 2018-04-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and apparatus for adapting srs switching accounting for measurement procedure

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110545547B (en) * 2018-05-29 2020-11-27 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Measuring method, device, terminal, network side equipment and storage medium
CN110690947B (en) * 2018-07-04 2022-11-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 Signal processing method and apparatus
CN113347655A (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-09-03 华为技术有限公司 Measurement configuration method and device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105309001A (en) * 2014-04-03 2016-02-03 华为技术有限公司 Rrm measuring method and device in tdd system
WO2018069311A1 (en) * 2016-10-11 2018-04-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and apparatus for adapting srs switching accounting for measurement procedure

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT , VIVO: "WF on RRM measurement relaxation for Power Saving", 3GPP DRAFT; R4-2002338, vol. RAN WG4, 10 March 2020 (2020-03-10), pages 1 - 7, XP051863375 *
ERICSSON: "Discussions on RRM impact of NR UE power saving", 3GPP DRAFT; R4-2007892, vol. RAN WG4, 15 May 2020 (2020-05-15), pages 1 - 4, XP051884740 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114586401A (en) * 2022-01-11 2022-06-03 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Measurement relaxation method, equipment, storage medium and device
CN114586401B (en) * 2022-01-11 2024-04-16 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Measurement relaxation method, device, storage medium and apparatus
US11856554B2 (en) 2022-03-07 2023-12-26 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Relaxation of UE measurements

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113473556A (en) 2021-10-01
CN113473556B (en) 2023-06-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021197241A1 (en) Measurement relax method, and communication apparatus
US11039368B2 (en) Dynamic coverage mode switching and communication bandwidth adjustment
WO2021098568A1 (en) Capability information sending method and apparatus, and capability information receiving method and apparatus
CN112187428B (en) Network node and method in a wireless telecommunication network
CN111800844B (en) Configurable power saving signal with multiple functions in 5GNR
WO2021213217A1 (en) Measurement relaxation method and communication device
WO2019233369A1 (en) Energy-saving state transition method, terminal, and base station
CN112020872A (en) Electronic device and method for Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurement relaxation
WO2021196978A1 (en) Measurement method and device
US10432366B2 (en) Carrier aggregation with improved efficiency
WO2021249001A1 (en) Cell measurement method and device
WO2021104039A1 (en) Measurement configuration method and apparatus
CN111757368A (en) Early measurement reporting for configuration of carrier aggregation or dual connectivity
US20220030565A1 (en) Method and device for adjusting pdcch monitoring period
WO2021104038A1 (en) Measurement configuration method and apparatus
WO2022022340A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN117099388A (en) RRM measurement activity reporting and use
WO2023046190A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020249187A1 (en) Power-efficient measurement reporting for multi/dual connectivity in cellular communication networks
CN113543192B (en) Measurement configuration method and device
WO2021244580A1 (en) Measurement configuration method and communication apparatus
WO2024060210A1 (en) Configuration for gap for musim capable ue
CN117561741A (en) Cell measurement method, message sending method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN117978345A (en) Flexible downlink control signal monitoring in wireless communications
GB2509969A (en) Scheduling communications on a carrier in a multi-carrier communications network to avoid interruption by a measurement on another carrier

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21781440

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21781440

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1